Manuale d’uso / di manutenzione del prodotto 4 del fabbricante Cisco Systems
Vai alla pagina of 1040
Cisco Systems, Inc. www .cisc o.co m Cisco has more than 200 offic es worldwide. Addresses, phone num bers, and fax numbers are listed on the Cisco webs ite at www.
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REG ARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOU T NOTICE. ALL STATEMENT S, INFORMATI O N, AND RECOMMENDATI ONS IN T HIS MANUAL A RE BELI EVED TO BE A CCURATE BUT ARE P RESENTED W ITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRE SS OR IMPLIED.
iii Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 CONTENTS Preface xxiii Audienc e xxiii Document Organization xxiv Conv enti ons xxvi Relat ed Do cume nta tion xxvii Obtain ing Documentat i on.
Cont ents iv Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Opening Maps 2-7 Navigat ion Pa ne 2-7 Conte n t Pane : M a p, List , and Li nk s Views 2-8 Ticket Pane 2-17 Prime Net work Vision St at us .
Content s v Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Content Pane 3-13 Device Vi ew Pane 3- 13 Device Vi ew Pane To ol bar 3-14 Tick e t an d Ev e nts Pa n e 3-15 Checki ng VNE Conn ectivi.
Cont ents vi Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Prote ct C onfig uratio ns i n the Archi ve 4-13 Editin g an A rch ive C onfig uratio n 4-14 Find Out What is Diff erent Between Co nf igura.
Content s vii Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Creati ng and Del et ing Maps 5-6 Creati ng Ne w Maps 5-6 Deleti ng Maps from the Dat abase 5-8 Adding an d Removi ng NEs from Maps 5.
Cont ents viii Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 CHAPTER 7 Labelin g NEs Using Busi nes s Tags 7-1 User Role s Required to Work wi th Busine ss Tags and Busines s Elements 7-1 Using Chi n.
Content s ix Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 View in g Ti cket Pro p erti es 9-9 Detail s Tab 9-10 Histor y Tab 9-11 Affect ed Parties Ta b 9-11 Correl ation Tab 9-13 Adva nc ed T.
Cont ents x Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Movi ng Re port s Bet ween Fol ders 10-43 Deleti ng Report s 10-43 Viewing Repo rt P roperti es 10-44 Defini ng Re port Types 10-45 Managing .
Content s xi Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Cisco Pa thTracer MPLS St ar t and Endpoints 11-3 0 Using Ci sco PathTrac er for CSC Con figurations 11-31 Using Ci sco PathTrac er fo.
Cont ents xii Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Viewing STP Proper ties for VLAN Service Links 12-67 Viewing VLAN Trunk Grou p Properties 12-6 8 Viewing VLAN Brid ge Pr operties 12-70 Usi.
Content s xiii Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Config uring IS-I S 12-121 CHAPTER 13 Monitori ng Carrier Grade NAT Properti es 13 -1 User Ro les Requi red to View Carr ier Grade N.
Cont ents xiv Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 CHAPTER 18 Monitori ng MPLS Services 18-1 User Roles Re quired to W ork w ith M PLS N etw orks 18-1 Working with MP LS-TP Tunnel s 18-4 Add.
Content s xv Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Config uring VRF 18-53 Config uring IP Int erfa ce 18-54 Config uring MPLS-TP 18-54 Lockin g/Unlocking MPLS -TP Tunnels in Bul k 18-56.
Cont ents xvi Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Viewing MLPPP Proper ties 20-26 Viewing MLPPP Link Properties 20-29 Viewing MPLS Pseud owi re over GRE Propert ies 20-31 Network Cl ock Ser.
Content s xvii Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Viewing Dyna mic Au thoriz ation Profi le 22-3 Viewing Radi us G lobal Configur ation Detai ls 22-4 Viewing AAA Grou p Configurat io.
Cont ents xviii Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Working with the E volved GPS T unneling Pr otocol (eGTP ) 25- 30 Moni toring the Serv ing G PRS S uppo rt Nod e (SG SN) 25-32 LTE Netw o.
Content s xix Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Viewing the MME Poli cy Configur atio n Detai ls 25-153 Viewing the S1 Interf ace Config uratio n Details 25-154 Viewing the Stream C.
Cont ents xx Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Viewing the DTI Cli ent Con fi gurati on Details 27-4 Viewing the QAM Doma in C onfigur atio n Detai ls 27-5 Viewin g th e MAC D omai n Conf.
Content s xxi Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Tick et Pr operti es B utton s A-18 Report Manager Butt ons A-19 Badges A-19 VNE Co m m u ni cati on Stat e Ba d ges A-20 VNE Inves t.
Cont ents xxii Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01.
xxi ii Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Preface This guide describes Cisco Prime Network 4.0. Prime Netw ork serv es as an extensible inte gration platfor m f or net work a nd serv ice m anag emen t.
xxiv Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Document Orga nization This guid e conta ins the foll owing section s: Chapter and T itle Description Chapt er 1, “Set ting Up Devi ces and Usi ng.
xxv Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chap ter 1 2, “ Mo nit oring Carr i er E the rnet Services ” Describe s how to view Carrier Eth ernet se rvices in Pri me Ne twork V isi on and h ow to wo rk wit h VLAN s, ps eudowir es, overlays , V PLS in stan ce s , and Et herne t se rv ices .
xxvi Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Conven tions This guid e uses th e following conv entions: Chapt er 23, “Monit or ing IP Pool s” Describes how to view IP pool properties in Prime Ne twork V ision. An IP pool is a sequenti al range o f IP a dd resse s wi thin a cert ai n net work.
xxvi i Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Related Documentation Note W e someti mes updat e the docu menta tion afte r origin al public ation. Th eref ore, you should also review the do cu menta tion o n C isco. com fo r a ny upda tes.
xxvii i Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01.
CH A P T E R 1-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 1 Setting Up Devices and Using the GUI Clients These top ics prov ides an o ver vie w of the Pr ime Netw ork GUI clie nts, the c ommands you can use to set up devices, and how to use Prime N etwork with Prime Centra l.
1-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setti ng Up Devices and Using th e GUI Client s Overview of the GUI Clien ts Prime Network Vis ion Prime Netwo rk V ision is the ma in GUI clien t for Prime Netwo rk.
1-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setting Up De vices and Using th e GUI Cli ent s Overview of the GUI Clients Prime Network Ev ents Prime Netwo rk Ev ents is the interf ace used by system managers an d administrator s for vie wing system e ven ts that occur in the ne twork.
1-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setti ng Up Devices and Using th e GUI Client s Setting Up D evices an d Validating D evice In for mation Setting Up Devices and Valid atin.
1-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setting Up De vices and Using th e GUI Cli ent s Setting Up Devices and Validating Device Information Note Y o u might be p rom pted to e nter your device acc ess c re dent ials.
1-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setti ng Up Devices and Using th e GUI Client s Setting Up D evices an d Validating D evice In for mation Configur e a De vice NTP Se r ver.
1-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setting Up De vices and Using th e GUI Cli ent s Setting Up Devices and Validating Device Information Config ur e SN MP an d S NMP Tr aps on Devi ce Use the following comm ands to con f igure SNMP set tings and SN MP traps on the real device.
1-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setti ng Up Devices and Using th e GUI Client s Setting Up D evices an d Validating D evice In for mation Configur e D evice Int erfaces Co.
1-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setting Up De vices and Using th e GUI Cli ent s Setting Up Devices and Validating Device Information View Devic e and VRF Routing Tab.
1-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setti ng Up Devices and Using th e GUI Client s Using Prim e Ne twork wit h Prime Central View, Cop y, and Overwr ite Device Co nfiguratio.
1-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setting Up De vices and Using th e GUI Cli ent s Using Prime Network with Prime Central Prime Networ k a lso rece ives EPM- MI B tr ap s f rom t he ne twork. B y d efaul t Prim e N etwork re ceives EPM-MI B tra ps from a ny source in t he n etwor k.
1-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setti ng Up Devices and Using th e GUI Client s Using Prim e Ne twork wit h Prime Central.
CH A P T E R 2-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 2 Working with the Prime Network Vision Client The fol l o wing top ics describe the user acc e ss roles requ ired to use Ci sc o P.
2-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Launchin g Prime Ne tw ork Vision Launching Prime Network Vision Prime Network V isi on is password protec ted to ensur e security . Before you start working with Prime Network V ision , make sure you know your userna me an d password.
2-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Launching P rime Net work Vis ion Figur e 2-1 Pr ime Netw or k Vision with Netw or k El.
2-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Changing You r GUI Client Pass word After lo gging into Prime N etwork V ision and launching the app lication, y ou can cu stomize the Prime Network V ision settings.
2-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient The P rime N etw ork Vi sion W ind ow Figur e 2-2 Pr ime Netw or k Vision Wind ow Prime.
2-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client The Prime Network Visi on Wi ndow • V irtual Machines—L ists all the v irtual ma chines. F or mor e informa tion about v irtual ma chines, se e V iewing the V irtua l Mach in es of a Da ta Cent er, page 26-1 9 .
2-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient The P rime N etw ork Vi sion W ind ow Opening Maps Y ou can ope n up t o five maps at on e time . T o o pe n a m a p, ch oose File > Open Map .
2-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client The Prime Network Visi on Wi ndow The n a vigation pa ne can inclu de u p t o t wo icons f o r e ach element. These icons can in cl ude alarm ico ns, communicatio n or i n vestigatio n state ic ons, and badges, as sho wn in Figure 2-5 .
2-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient The P rime N etw ork Vi sion W ind ow • Links – Servic e and business links ar e repr esented as w ell as physic al and to pologica l links.
2-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client The Prime Network Visi on Wi ndow For a complete list of the icons and their descr iptions, see Appendix A, “Icon an d Button Re ferenc e.
2-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient The P rime N etw ork Vi sion W ind ow Links Prime Network V ision ma ps contai n gr aphical links t h at can represen t multiple physical, topological, service, and business links.
2-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client The Prime Network Visi on Wi ndow T o redu ce the number of graph ical lin ks in a ma p, clic k Link Filter i n the toolb ar , and unch eck the check boxes for the links you do no t need to view .
2-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient The P rime N etw ork Vi sion W ind ow Ta b l e 2 - 7 describes th e network el ement pr opertie s displayed i n the Network El ement s tab .
2-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client The Prime Network Visi on Wi ndow Ti p Click the re d triangle in a cell t o expand the cel l and view all th e information it contains. Y ou can also use a to oltip to vie w all the inf ormation.
2-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient The P rime N etw ork Vi sion W ind ow Ti p Click a colu mn heading in a tab le to so rt the informatio n b y that p roperty .
2-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client The Prime Network Visi on Wi ndow Figure 2-6 shows a links view . Figur e 2-6 L inks V iew Note A n exte rnal li nk ha s a blue ce ll back gro und in th e tab le, and yo u c an o pe n th e inve ntory w indow by clickin g the hyperli nk.
2-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Prime Netw ork V ision Stat us I ndic ator s The links v ie w tool bar inclu des the tools descr ibed in T able 2-10 and the link filtering buttons describe d in T abl e 2 -10 .
2-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Netw ork Vision Status Ind icators Severity Se verity indicates the oper ational health of the element. An elem ent has only one se ve r ity valu e at any gi ven t ime, and this v a lue is displayed u sing a se v erity color .
2-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Prime Netw ork V ision Stat us I ndic ator s When ne w ticke ts are accumulated , a la.
2-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Netw ork Vision Status Ind icators A managed V NE icon consi sts of a man aged eleme n.
2-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Prime Netw ork V ision Stat us I ndic ator s T abl e 2- 11 and T able 2 -12 descri be ne two rk elemen t commu nicati on and in vestig ation state s and sho ws the r elated badge f or each sta te.
2-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Netw ork Vision Status Ind icators More th an one managem ent stat e can occur at th e same ti me.
2-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Prim e Netw ork Vision Too l bar Tickets Cisco Prime Netwo rk V ision displays an icon with a tick et to in dicate th e se v erity of the top-most al arm on the tick et.
2-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Netw ork Vision Toolba r Show Links V ie w Displays the links view in the Prime Net work V i sion conte nt pane (the button togg les wh en sel ecte d o r des elect ed ).
2-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Prime Network Visi on Menu Bar Prime Network Vision Menu Bar The f ollo wing topi cs d.
2-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Netw ork Vision Men u Ba r • Reports Men u, pa ge 2 -30 • W i ndow Menu, page 2-30.
2-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Prime Network Visi on Menu Bar Edit Menu T abl e 2- 15 ide ntif ies the options av ailable in t he Prime Ne twork V ision Edit menu. F or more inform ati on, see Ch ap ter 5, “ W orking with Prim e Net work V i sion Map s.
2-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Netw ork Vision Men u Ba r Node Me nu T abl e 2- 17 describes the Node menu op tions.
2-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Prime Network Visi on Menu Bar Activation Menu Note Transaction M anager repla ces the Prime N etwork W orkf low and Action feature s in all new installations of Prim e Network 4.
2-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Netw ork Vision Men u Ba r Reports Me nu T abl e 2- 21 describes the Repo rts m enu opt ions . For more inf orm ation a bou t Re port Ma na ger a nd rep orts, se e Chapte r 10, “W orking with Re ports.
2-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Pri me Networ k Vision Right -Cli ck Menus Prime Network Vision Ri ght-Click Menu s If.
2-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Network Vision Right-Clic k Me nus Map Right-Clic k Menu The map ri ght-cl ick menu is di splayed w hen you ri ght-click anywhere on a ma p in the cont ent pan e and no el ements a r e sele cted.
2-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Pri me Networ k Vision Right -Cli ck Menus Comm ands Enables you to la unch any of the comm ands th at are i nclude d with Prime Network V ision.
2-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Network Vision Right-Clic k Me nus Launch external applic ations Starts an e xter n al ap pl icat ion or tool tha t ha s bee n c onf igured for acc ess via the right-cl ick menu.
2-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Pri me Networ k Vision Right -Cli ck Menus T o ols The T ools o pti on co nt ain s the fol lowing ch oic es: • CPU Usag e—Displ ays mem ory and CPU us age infor matio n for a device or network elem ent.
2-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Network Vision Right-Clic k Me nus Aggrega tion Right-Click Me nu The ag gregation right-c lick menu is displa yed when you right-c lick an aggregation i n a map.
2-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Pri me Networ k Vision Right -Cli ck Menus List View R ight-Click Men u The lis t view right-click me nu is displ ayed when you ri ght-c lick an ent ry in the Netwo rk Eleme nts tab in the li st view ta ble.
2-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Network Vision Right-Clic k Me nus T o ols Conta ins th e foll owing subme nu op tions: • CPU Usage— Displa ys memor y and CPU usage i nforma tion fo r a device or net work el ement.
2-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Pri me Networ k Vision Right -Cli ck Menus Link s Vi ew R igh t-Click Me nu The links v iew right-clic k menu is disp layed whe n you righ t-clic k a link in the links view table .
2-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Adju sting the P rime Ne t work V isio n GUI C l ien t S e t ting s Ticket Ri ght-Click M enu The T icket right-clic k menu is displayed when you right-clic k a ticket in the ticke t pane.
2-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Adjusting the Prime Network Vision GUI Client Settings T able 2-30 Options f or Changing Pr ime Networ k V ision GUI Client Field Description Star tup Load W orkspace on Startup Open t o conte nt pan e on log in.
2-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Filtering a nd Sorting Ta bular Conte nt Filtering and Sorting Tabul ar Content For tables with exten siv e data, you can v ie w all of the informatio n in a table cell b y hov ering your mouse curso r over the ce ll.
2-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Filtering and Sorting T abu lar Co n tent Filtering Tables Filterin g can be e xtremely helpful when wo rking w ith table s that c o ntain many entries.
2-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Filtering a nd Sorting Ta bular Conte nt Ti p Y ou can use the “Greater th an” or “ Less than” rul e with a string for f ilter ing.
CH A P T E R 3-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 3 Viewing and Managing NE Propertie s The fol l o wing top ics describe the user acc e ss roles requ ired to use Ci sc o Pri me Net.
3-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s User R oles Req uire d to Wor k with Prim e Net work V isi o n The fol lo wing table s identify the t.
3-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Information Available in Element Icons Information Available in Element Icons Element ic o ns in Prim e Netwo rk V ision map s display d if f erent amounts of in formation according to their size as sho w n in Ta b l e 2 - 2 .
3-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Information Availab le in Element Icon s Ethernet flo w poin t Color repre senti ng the associat ed a.
3-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Information Available in Element Icons Net work e lem en t Colo r re pre se nti ng the associat .
3-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Viewing the Pr oper ties of a Netwo rk Element Viewing the Properties of a Network Element Y o u can .
3-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Viewin g the Propert ies of a Network E lement T able 3-4 Proper ties and In vent ory Windo ws F.
3-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Viewing the Pr oper ties of a Netwo rk Element Network Eleme nt Badges Netw ork elemen ts and links can also dis play ba dges that are techno logy-specif ic, such as a Prot ected LSP or an STP root.
3-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Invento ry Windo w Inventory Win dow Ta b l e 3 - 6 descri bes the task s tha t y ou ca n pe rf orm f rom the in vent ory w indow and r ela ted topi cs.
3-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s In vent ory W indo w The inv entory wi ndow also allows you to view technology- specific inform ation .
3-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Invento ry Windo w Figur e 3-2 Inv ent ory Windo w The inv entory wi ndow displays the physic al and lo gical inv e ntory for the select ed item.
3-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s In vent ory W indo w • Checking V NE Conn ectivity a nd Co mm unic ation St atu s, page 3- 16 • .
3-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Invento ry Windo w Communicat ion and Investi gat ion State Ic ons The na vigation pa ne can al s o displa y a co mmunication or in ve stigation state icon ne xt to the elem ent icon in t he n avigation a nd co nt en t pane s.
3-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s In vent ory W indo w Figur e 3-3 Device V iew P ane Device View Pane To olbar The fo llowing tools f.
3-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Invento ry Windo w Ticket and Events Pa ne The ti cket and events pa ne is displ ayed at the bo.
3-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Checking VNE Connectivity a nd Comm uni cat ion Status When displayi ng network and provisioning eve.
3-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Ch ec king VNE Co nnect ivit y an d Co m m unica tio n S tatu s Figur e 3-4 VNE Prop ertie s Windo w Note VNE status is not the same as de vice status.
3-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Checking VNE Connectivity a nd Comm uni cat ion Status Figu re 3-5 V NE Status Deta ils W indow The .
3-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Viewing the Physical Prope rties of a Dev ice Viewing the Physical Prop erties of a Devi ce Each d e vice t hat is ma naged by Pri m e Net wor k is mode led in t h e sam e manne r .
3-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Viewing the Ph ys ic al Properties of a Device Fans and power supp lies ar e displ aye d in phy sica l inventory if t hey are field r ep lacab le uni ts ( FRUs).
3-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Viewing the Physical Prope rties of a Dev ice The buttons th at are di splayed in the physic al in vent ory co ntent pane depen d on the sele cted po rt.
3-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Viewing the Ph ys ic al Properties of a Device Viewing Satellite Properties Prime Network pro vides satellite support for Cisco Aggrega tion Service Router (ASR) 9000 series networ k elements.
3-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Working with Ports One or mor e satell ites are conn ected t o the host Ci sco ASR 900 0 series.
3-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Working with Port s Figure 3-8 shows an example of the Port s ta b in the i nv e ntor y window . Figur e 3-8 Po rts T ab in the In vent ory Windo w T abl e 3- 10 describes the infor mation that is displayed in the Ports tab .
3-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Working with Ports Viewing a Port Configuratio n In addi tion t o v iewing logi cal i nv en tor.
3-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Working with Port s The sub interfac e is a logical interf ace define d in the device; a ll of its param eters can be par t of it s configurat ion . T able 3- 11 d escrib es the information t hat can be displayed in the Subinterf aces table.
3-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Viewin g the Lo gical Pr operties of a Network E lement Step 3 T o disable alar ms on one or mor e ports at the same time : a. In the in vento ry windo w , click the Por t s tab .
3-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Viewing the Logi cal Propert ie s of a Network Element Logical Inv entory W indow Logica l in ventor y infor mation is displayed in th e in vento ry window as shown in Figu re 3-10 .
3-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Viewin g the Lo gical Pr operties of a Network E lement Logical Inv entory Navig ation Pane Bra nches T abl e 3- 12 describ es t he br an ch es t ha t appe a r in the log i cal inv entory n avigati on pa ne .
3-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Viewing the Logi cal Propert ie s of a Network Element Logical Inv entory Na vigation Pa ne Ico ns E.
3-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Viewing Device Operating System Information Logical Inv entory C ontent Pane Tabs T abl e 3- 13.
3-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Viewin g Devi ce Operat ing Sys tem Information T o vi ew operatin g syst em i n forma tion for Cisc o IO S, Cisco I OS XR, or Cisco IO S X E devices: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, dou ble-cl ick the re quired device.
3-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Viewing Device Operating System Information Figur e 3-1 1 Modular OS Inf or mation in Logical In vent ory T abl e 3- 15 describes the infor mation that is displayed for Cisco IOS XR system.
3-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Runni ng an Ac tivati on fr om the Activa tion Men u T abl e 3- 16 describes the infor mation that is displayed for modular operating systems in the Operat ing Syste m tab .
3-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Running an Activation fr om the Ac tivati on Menu These to pics descri be how to run activ ati .
3-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Runni ng an Ac tivati on fr om the Activa tion Men u Step 4 Check your en tries an d pre view yo ur chan ges: a. Click the User Input tab and check all of the v alues you entered.
3-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Running an Activation fr om the Ac tivati on Menu Step 1 From th e A ctiv ation m en u, choo se Activ ation Hist ory . The Acti vation History windo w displays a list of recent acti v ation atte mpts.
3-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Runni ng an Ac tivati on fr om the Activa tion Men u.
CH A P T E R 4-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 4 Device Configurations and Software Images Cisco Pri me N etwork Chang e and Configura tio n Ma nage ment (CCM ) provides t oo ls f or ma nagi ng the software imag es a nd device configura ti on files u sed by t he devices in you r network.
4-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es What is Change an d Configura tion Mana gem e nt? Configur ation Management Configurati on Manage ment en ables you t o control and trac k chan ges that are made to a device configurati on .
4-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Set Up Ch ange and C onfi gurati on Management Note A ll imag e manag ement ope rations are p erforme d only o n compl etely ma naged d e vices.
4-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Set Up Change and Configuratio n Managem ent T o d isab le port 80 80, pe r form the sa me op er ati on but use the disa ble a rgume nt.
4-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Set Up Ch ange and C onfi gurati on Management • Ensure reachab ility from Prime Net work units to de vices and vice versa. • Make sure you have performed al l of the device co nfiguration p rerequisit es for ad ding VNEs.
4-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Set Up Change and Configuratio n Managem ent Cautio n FTP is not a secure mode of tran sfer . Use SCP/SFT P instead, for secure config and imag e tran sfers.
4-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Set Up Ch ange and C onfi gurati on Management – Ho w often are change s made to de vices? 7. Specify the de fault mode of rest oring configuratio n files to the de vices using Re store Mode .
4-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Set Up Change and Configuratio n Managem ent 4. Enable t h e wa r m upgrad e fa cility to reduce the down time of a de vice during p lanned C isco IOS software upgr ades or downgrades (in t he W arm Up grade area).
4-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Set Up Ch ange and C onfi gurati on Management Device Group s Setup Tasks Y ou c an c reate use r-defined device grou ps f or ea se of pe rfo rm ing op er ation s.
4-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Use the CCM Das hb oard Y ou ca n set u p membersh ip rules with para meters su ch as device name, range of d e vice I P addresse s, and th e device elem ent ty pe.
4-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images U se th e CCM Das hboar d Figur e 4-2 CCM Dash board Dashlet Provides information about: T op Families Four devic e families with the highest numb er of dev ices in the networ k.
4-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Device Co nfigurat ions Use the follo wing icons to toggle between dif ferent vie ws in the T op Families, Conf iguration Sync Status , a nd C o nfigurat io n C h ang es in th e La st W eek das h let s.
4-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Device Con figurations Protect Configuratio ns in the Archive T able 4-1 Configuration Inf or mation Displa yed on Archiv ed Configur ations P age Field Description Device Name Nam e of device.
4-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Device Co nfigurat ions Assigning labels to con figuration files is a clear, simple way to identify important configurati ons and con ve y critical info rmation.
4-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Device Con figurations Figur e 4-3 Compare Configur ations Dialog Bo x Y ou ca n compa re any typ es of con figuratio ns as long as they run o n the sa me oper ating system .
4-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Device Co nfigurat ions Step 3 Y o u ca n choose to do t he f oll owing: Copy a Configuration .
4-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Device Con figurations Step 3 Click Export . The export jo b is creat ed and you are redirect ed to the Job Ma na ger page , where you can monitor the status of the job .
4-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Device Co nfigurat ions Figur e 4-4 Configur ation S ync hr onization - Out of Sync Devices P .
4-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Device Con figurations • Cisco N exus ser ies devices: Startu p and ru nnin g con figurations for all VD Cs con figured i n the device.
4-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Device Co nfigurat ions Manually B acking Up C onfiguration Files Files are automatic ally back ed up to the archi ve acco rding to the v alues on the Co nfig uration Managemen t Settings page.
4-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Device Con figurations Figur e 4-5 Configuration Backup P age Step 3 T o choose d evices from a specific device group, cl ick Select Groups .
4-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Device Co nfigurat ions Fix a Live D evice Config uration (R estore) CCM pe rform s the conf iguration re store op eration in eithe r overwrite or mer ge mode, a s de scri bed in the fo llowing.
4-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Device Con figurations If you sele cted all the entr ies in a page , and then de select.
4-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Device Co nfigurat ions Note Edi ted f iles a re restored only in mer ge mode. If you are restorin g to startup mode on the de vi ces ASR 9 01, A SR 903 , and M WR 294 1, the rest or e pr oc edu re i s perfo rm ed on overwrite mode .
4-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Device Con figurations Note Y o u might be p rompt ed to e nter your device acc es s c rede nti als.
4-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images Figur e 4-8 Configuration Change Logs The Conf iguration Change L ogs page d isplays c hange inf ormation, sor ted acc ording to the late st time stamp.
4-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images • Clean Up th e Repositor y , page 4-44 Add New Images to the Repository Ima ges a re copied t o the st oring d irect ory specif ied on t he Image Manageme nt Sett ings page.
4-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images New Device s: Create an Image Bas eline Use this method to create a n image b aseline—t hat is, i mport softw are imag es direc tly from e xisting devices to the Prime Ne twork image reposi tory .
4-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images Step 8 If yo u have selected t wo or mo re d evices, cl ick on e of the foll owing to s pec i fy t he o pe ra tion m od e: • Pa rallel Order —Impor ts imag es f rom all de vices at th e sam e time.
4-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images If app ropriate, th e imag es can be activ ated as part o f the distrib ution job, and these task s can al so be perform ed: • Commit Ci s co IOS XR (so tha t changes are sa ved acr oss de vice reload s).
4-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images An upgr ade analy sis ver ifi es that the de vic e contains suf f icien.
4-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images Note Prim e Network does not su pport T AR f ile operations on de v ices. If you hav e T AR files to impor t, you must extr act the T AR file an d then im port the im age fr om the d ev ice.
4-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images Note Ch eck the report to v erify whet her the st orage locat ion ha s suff icient s pace f or the image or package. If th e space is in su f ficient, the distributio n will fail.
4-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images Step 8 Click Finished . Y ou ar e redire cted to the Jobs page , where you can chec k the sta tus of the dist ribution job . Note Di strib ution fa ils if a timeout occurs after 30 minutes.
4-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images Activa t e Cisco IOS S oft ware Images T o acti vate a Cis co IOS image on a netw ork element: Step 1 Cho ose Images > Activ ate.
4-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images If it cannot pro ceed, yo u will not be permitted to continue . Otherwise, c lick Next. Step 8 Enter the scheduling i nformation in th e Schedule Activati on page.
4-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images Step 7 Y ou ca n ch oose t o perf or m o ne o f t h e fol lowing fo r ea c h r ow in th e t abl e: • Edit —Modify t he boot priority v alue, the image name, an d the conf iguration file , if required.
4-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images • When upgra ding the core router pa ckage (s uch as c12k-min i or comp- hf.
4-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images Activat e, Deacti vate, and Delete Cisco I OS XR Packag es Note For Cis.
4-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images Step 4 En ter the sche du ling i nfor ma tion. By defaul t, j ob s are sche du led to r un a s so on as pos sible. Note The time you s pecify here to schedu le the ac tiv ation job is the server tim e.
4-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images Synchronize All Satellites Without Performing an Activation T o synchronize all satellites to gether wit hout acti va tion: Step 1 Cho ose Images > Activ ate > IOS-XR and the activ ation method (b y De vices ).
4-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images Note W e recomm end tha t you do no t commit pa ckag e change s until the device runs with its configura tion for a period of time, u ntil you are sure the chan ge is approp riate.
4-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images • Make sure you ha ve the permi ssions to perfor m the rollb ack opera tion. Y ou will not be allowed to schedul e a rol lback job, if yo u do not have permi ssions.
4-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images Step 8 Enter the s ched uling info rmati on. Note The time you spec ify here to schedu le the ro llback jo b is the server time .
4-45 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Configur at io n Aud it Note In the Co nfiguration Man agemen t and Im age M anagem ent.
4-46 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Configura ti on A udi t Y o u can c ombine mu ltiple d iff erent conf igurations into one poli cy . F or e xample: #BGP Configuration Audit router bgp (.
4-47 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Configur at io n Aud it Figur e 4-1 0 Cr eate Conf iguration P olicy -Show ing Guidelin.
4-48 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Configura ti on A udi t Step 4 In the Schedule Audit page , provide a job nam e and the sc heduling i nform ation for the configurat ion audit job .
4-49 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Configur at io n Aud it Figur e 4-1 1 Configuration Au dit Job De tails Step 2 Click on the hyperlinked Status (P ass/Fai l icon) in the Job Results table.
4-50 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Compliance Audit The m atching comman ds are di splayed i n green ( see Figu re 4-13 ), while the discrepancies ar e displayed in red (see Figure 4-12 ).
4-51 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Compliance Audit Using Compliance Au dit, you can create p olicies that can cont ain multiple rule s, and policies ca n be grouped t og ether to crea te a policy pro file which ca n be run on a set of devices, cal l ed audi t of devices.
4-52 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Compliance Audit Creating Policies and Profiles, and Running a Compliance Audit Job Running an.
4-53 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Compliance Audit Figu re 4-14 Comp lian ce Policy Page The fo llowing steps explain th e proced ure: Y ou ca n either create a new policy or you can impo rt an existing policy by clic king the Import icon .
4-54 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Compliance Audit Step 1 From the lef t navigation pane , select th e policy to whi ch you want to ad d rules. Step 2 From th e work are a pane , clic k the Create Rule icon.
4-55 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Compliance Audit Condit ion s and Ac ti ons—Condit io ns Detail s t ab Condition Scop.
4-56 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Compliance Audit After you complete adding rules to the polic y , a prof ile must be cre ated. F o r more information, see Creating a Poli cy Prof ile .
4-57 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Compliance Audit Problem This polic y checks if at least tw o N TP serv ers are co nf igured on th e de vice for NTP server redunda ncy . The fol lo wing condition ch ecks if the co mmand n tp serv er appears at lea st twice.
4-58 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Compliance Audit Figur e 4-15 Polic y Pr ofile P age Foll ow the procedure belo w to create a ne w p olicy pr of ile: Step 1 From the left navigat ion pane, click the Crea te New Policy Pr of ile i con.
4-59 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Compliance Audit Step 3 Th e Sched ule Audit pag e appear s.
4-60 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Compliance Audit Y ou can vi ew the st atu s of a fix job af ter the jo b c ompl ete s. Cl ic k th e hyperl inked sta tus to view the results of t he fi x job .
4-61 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Global Settings and Administration Global Setting s and Administration This t opic con .
4-62 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Glob al Se tt ing s an d Administr ation Minimum Age to Purge Age (in da ys) at whi ch co nfigurati ons shoul d be pu rged ( be twee n 5 -36 0).
4-63 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Global Settings and Administration Enable Initi al Conf ig Syncup Allo ws CM to fet ch the conf iguration f iles from th e netw ork de vices and arch ive i t whenev er a ne w device is a dded to Prim e N etwork.
4-64 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Glob al Se tt ing s an d Administr ation Dev ice Ac cess Credentials F or enhanc ed securi ty , and to pre vent unautho rized a ccess to devices, you mi ght be asked to ente r device cred enti al s.
4-65 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Global Settings and Administration Notes on Exclude Commands Exclud e comm ands are inh.
4-66 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Glob al Se tt ing s an d Administr ation Configur ation Expor t File Type for Devi ce Families The fo llowing table pr ovides the type s of configurati on files exported for differen t types of devices.
4-67 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Global Settings and Administration File Locatio ns Full pathname of d irectories wher e.
4-68 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Glob al Se tt ing s an d Administr ation Check the Processes CCM runs on A VM 77.
4-69 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Global Settings and Administration • Cancel stops a ll future instances o f a job.
4-70 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Glob al Se tt ing s an d Administr ation T abl e 4- 11 lists all o f the CCM func tions that a.
4-71 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Global Settings and Administration For informat ion on how Prime Networ k performs use r authen ticat ion and autho rizat ion, in cludin g an explanati on of us er acc ess r ole s a nd device sco pe s, see t h e Cisc o Pri me Netw ork 4.
4-72 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Glob al Se tt ing s an d Administr ation.
CH A P T E R 5-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 5 Working with Prime Network Vision Maps The topo logica l map is the ma in tool used by Cisco Prime Net work V ision (Prim e Network V is ion) to display the li nks and relationsh ips between the netw ork elements and aggregatio ns.
5-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps User Roles Req uired for Wor kin g w ith Prime Ne twork Vision Map s User Roles Required for Working with Prime Network Vision Maps This topic identifies th e roles that are required to work with Prime Netw ork V isio n maps.
5-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps User Roles Required for Wo rking with Pr ime Netwo rk Vision Maps Element- Relat ed T asks .
5-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps User Roles Req uired for Wor kin g w ith Prime Ne twork Vision Map s T able 5-2 Def ault P er missi.
5-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Open ing a nd C losi n g Ma p s Opening and Closing Maps Whenever you open a map, the network informat ion is aut omatica lly refr eshed.
5-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Creating an d De leting M aps Creating and Dele ting Maps Y ou ca n creat e maps that cove r speci fic network segments, cu stomer ne tworks, or any other mix of network elemen ts requir ed.
5-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Creating and Deleting Maps Aggr egatio ns Aggre gations ar e user -define d groups of elem ents. An aggre gation can contai n network elem ents, services, o ther agg regations, and so fo rth.
5-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Creating an d De leting M aps Figu re 5-3 M ap with Over lay T o create an ov erlay , see W orking w ith O verlays, pa ge 5-2 1 .
5-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps A dding and Re moving NEs f rom Maps Adding and Re moving NEs from Ma ps When you add an e .
5-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Adding an d Removi ng NE s from M aps Figur e 5-5 Add Eleme nt Dialog Bo x Step 2 In t he A dd ele.
5-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Managi ng Maps Step 4 Click OK . If you sel ected a l arge number of e lement s (for exampl e, more tha n 25 VLANs or VPLS instances), t h e action may take a while to co mplete.
5-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Managing Maps Selecting Map Viewing Options Ta b l e 5 - 3 describes the tool s that you can use to vie w and man ipulate maps in the Prime Ne twork V ision map pane.
5-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Managi ng Maps Figur e 5-6 Manage Map Bac k ground Dia log Box Step 3 En ter the req uired infor mation as de scribed in T able 5- 4 . Step 4 Click OK .
5-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Managing Maps Using the Ov erview Wind ow The Prime Network V ision Overvi e w window enables you to di splay the entire network map or any par t of the ma p that you req uire in th e map pane .
5-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Finding NE s, Servic es, and Links, and Element s Affect ed by Tick ets Saving Ma ps By default, Prim e Net work V i sion saves basic m ap inf or matio n wh et her or not yo u ma nual ly save the map.
5-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Working wit h Aggre gat ions Working with Aggrega tions Prime Networ k V i sion enabl es you to group net work element s and display t hem as an aggr egation.
5-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Working with Ag gregat ions T o display an aggrega tion thu mbnail: Step 1 Select the e xisting aggregation in the m ap pane. Step 2 O pen t he thum bna il by ri gh t-clic king the agg regation, a nd c hoo sing Show Thumbna il .
5-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Working wit h Aggre gat ions Ta b l e 5 - 6 describes the options a vailable when wo rking with aggre gation thumbnails. Step 3 T o clos e t he aggregati on thumbna i l, righ t -click the thumb nai l fram e and choo se Show As Aggreg ation .
5-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Working with Ag gregat ions Ungrou pin g Aggr eg at ions Aggregatio ns ca n b e un gro uped.
5-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Working wit h Aggre gat ions Figu re 5-9 M ulti chassis Devi ces i n Map View Viewing Inter Rack Links Inter Rack Links (I RLs) are used to represe nt conne ctivity betwee n the clu ster hosts , Cisco ASR 900 0 network el em en ts.
5-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Working with Overlays Figur e 5-1 1 ICL Connecting a Sat ellit e with a Chassis T o view the satellite ICLs: Step 1 In Prime Network V ision, double -click the satellite de vice to open the In ventory W indow for the device.
5-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Working w ith Over lays Step 2 From the toolba r , c hoose Choose Ov erlay T ype > overlay- typ.
5-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Working with Overlays Step 3 In the Select Over lay dialog box, do eithe r of the follo wing: • T o s ea rc h fo r sp ec i fic o verla ys : a.
5-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Working w ith Over lays • T o vie w all av ailable ov erlays, choos e Show All . The a v ailable ov erlays that me et the specif ied search crit eria are displaye d in the Select Over lay dialog box in table for mat.
5-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Filtering Links in a Map Filtering Link s in a Map The links f ilter enables y ou to filte r the links displ ayed in the map vie w and the li nks vie w .
5-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Filtering L inks in a M ap Figu re 5-14 Link Filter D ialo g Box The Link Filter dialog box displa y s a list of all the types of link s tha t you can f ilter in the map vie w and links vie w .
5-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Openi ng the C PU Usage Graph Step 6 In th e Cr eat e M ap dia log bo x, ent er a n ame fo r th e new map and cli ck OK .
5-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Communic a t ing with Devi ces Usin g Pin g and Telnet Communicating with Devices Usin g Ping and .
CH A P T E R 6-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 6 Working with Links The follo wing topics describe ho w to view inform ation about static and dynamic links using the Cisco Prime .
6-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links User Roles Req uired to Work with Links T able 6-1 Def ault P er m ission/Secur ity Level Required for W orking with Links - Element Not in User’ s Scope T ask View er Opera tor Opera torPlus Co nfigur ator Admin istrator V iew link properties in Map view X 1 1.
6-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links What Are Dyna m ic and Static Li nks? What Are Dynamic and Static Links? Dynamic l in ks are th e p hysic al an d lo g ica l l inks th at e xist between el eme nt s in t he n etw ork.
6-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links View ing Link Proper ties Viewing Link Propertie s In maps, you c an view a link only if both ends of the link are in your sco pe.
6-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links Viewing Lin k Proper ties Note The color of a selected link is customizable. The default color is bl ue. Fo r more informatio n on link colors , see Map V iew , page 2 -8 .
6-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links View ing Link Proper ties T o vie w link pr operti es: Step 1 Hover your mous e cursor ov er the required link in a map. A link tooltip is displayed as shown in Figure 6-1 .
6-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links Viewing Lin k Proper ties Figur e 6-2 Link Quic k View Exa mple Step 3 T o vie w more link properties, click Pr opertie s in th e link qu ick vie w .
6-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links View ing Link Proper ties Viewing L ink Prope rties in the Links V iew The links sho wn in a map re present m an y ot her l inks as des cri bed in V ie wing Link Pr opert ie s in Prime Network V isio n Map s, pa ge 6 -4 .
6-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links Viewing Lin k Proper ties Ta b l e 6 - 4 describes the information that is displayed in the links view . By default, th e links displayed in the links vie w are sorted accord ing to link type and the deep collection method .
6-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links View ing Link Proper ties For more information abo ut fil tering links using the col lection method , see Filterin g Links Using the Collect ion Met hod, pa ge 6-1 7 .
6-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links Viewing Lin k Proper ties The i nform ation displa yed in the link proper ties wind ow changes accord ing to the ports or subpor ts select ed in the li nk list pan e.
6-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links View ing Link Impact Ana lysi s • T1 • VRF IP add ress es are di spla yed in IPv4 or IPv6 for mat, as ap propria te.
6-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links Viewing Li nk Impact An alysis T o calculate im pact analy sis: Step 1 Sel ect a map or ag gregation in the navigation pan e, and clic k Show Links V iew in the mai n toolbar .
6-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links View ing Link Impact Ana lysi s Step 5 Click Calculate Af fect ed . The total number of potentially af fected parties is display ed in the Af fected Pa rties ar ea. Step 6 Click Show Affect ed .
6-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links Adding St atic Li nks Adding Static Links Prime N etwork V ision enables you t o cr eate sta tic lin ks that e xist only on t he VNE l e v el.
6-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links Adding St ati c L inks Figur e 6-7 Creat e Static Link Wi ndow Step 3 Sel ect the requ ired port on bo th the A Side device and th e Z Side device. Step 4 Click Creat e to v alidate t h e con nection and creat e the n e w link .
6-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links Filtering Links Using the Collection Method Step 6 Click Ye s .
6-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links Selecting a Li nk Selecting a Link Prime Netw ork V ision enable s you to select a link listed in the links vie w and highlig ht the lin k in the map in the co nten t pane.
CH A P T E R 7-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 7 Labeling NEs Using Business Tags A business tag is a string that is meaningf ul to the b u siness, and w hich can b e used to label a co mponent of a network ele ment for use in Prim e Network scr eens an d reports .
7-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 7 Labeling NEs Using Bu siness Tag s Using Chines e Charac ter s By def ault, users wit h the Adminis trator role h av e access to all m anaged elements. T o cha nge the Admin istr ator user scope, see the topic on device sc ope s in the Cisc o Prim e Ne twork 4.
7-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 7 Labeling NEs Usin g B usiness Tags Attaching and Detaching Business Tags • Generate a list of b u siness tags. • Edit the details of a b usiness tag. • Write business tag notes. • Re m ove bu s i n es s t a g s .
7-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 7 Labeling NEs Using Bu siness Tag s Searching f or B usiness Tag s and Viewi ng Their Prop ert ie s • T ype— Choose the ty pe of business tag : Subscr iber, Provider Conne ction , o r La bel.
7-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 7 Labeling NEs Usin g B usiness Tags Searchin g for Busin ess Tags an d Viewing Their Propert ies Figur e 7 -2 Find Busin ess T ag Dialog Box Ta b l e 7 - 3 describes the fields in the Find Busi ness T ag dia log box.
7-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 7 Labeling NEs Using Bu siness Tag s Searching f or B usiness Tag s and Viewi ng Their Prop ert ie s Step 2 Enter the search cri teria us ing the in formatio n for the Input Field s in Ta b l e 7 - 3 , keeping in mind th at th e sear ch fu nc tio n i s ca se -se ns it ive.
7-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 7 Labeling NEs Usin g B usiness Tags Renaming a Business Element Renaming a Bu siness Element The fol lo wing cav eats apply when renami.
7-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 7 Labeling NEs Using Bu siness Tag s Deleti ng a B usiness Elemen t.
CH A P T E R 8-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 8 Tracking Faults Using Prime Network Events The follo win g topics describe ho w to use Cisco Prime Network Ev ents (Prim e Networ.
8-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Sett ing Up Yo ur Even ts V iew Setting Up Your Events View The Prime Network Events Opti ons dial og box enabl es you to chang e various aspects of t he ev ent display in Prim e Network Events.
8-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Viewing Events and Tickets in Cisco Prime Network Ev ents Note Cisco Prime Network Event s displays ac tiv e e vents only . It does not displ ay ev e nts that have been archi ved.
8-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts View ing Ev ent s an d Ti cket s in Cisco Pri me Netwo rk E vents Event Typ es and Ca tegories Ev ents are grouped in tab s according to type.
8-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Viewing Events and Tickets in Cisco Prime Network Ev ents Provisioning Events Events di.
8-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts View ing Ev ent s an d Ti cket s in Cisco Pri me Netwo rk E vents System Events System e vents are related to the ever yday w orking o f the i nternal sy stem and its componen ts, such a s alarm thr es holds, dis k sp ac e a nd A V Ms.
8-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Viewing Events and Tickets in Cisco Prime Network Ev ents Syslogs Syslogs are recei ved from the de vices b y the VNEs, an d syslog e ven ts are gener ated.
8-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts View ing Ev ent s an d Ti cket s in Cisco Pri me Netwo rk E vents V2 Traps The V2 T ra.
8-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Viewing Events and Tickets in Cisco Prime Network Ev ents For more information about the Cisco IOS an d Cisco IO X traps displayed in this tab, see Cisco Prime Network 4.
8-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Working wit h Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents For informat ion about viewing ticket propert ies, see V iew ing T ick et Pr opert ies , page 8-14 .
8-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Working with Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents T o vie w ev ent properties: Step 1 Select the re quired tab for the spec ific e vent type. Step 2 Select an e vent and cho ose V iew > Prope rties from th e main me nu.
8-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Working wit h Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents Step 3 Y ou can vie w additional prop erties in th e foll ow in g tabs: • Advanced ta b—Se e T able 8- 14 .
8-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Working with Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents T ab le 8- 14 Adv anced T a b Field Des cripti on Dupl ication Coun t For network ev ents, the duplicat ion count i s calcula ted by the VNE and perta ins only to fl apping e vents.
8-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Working wit h Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents The propertie s of a selected ticket ca n be viewed in the T icket Propertie s windo w .
8-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Working with Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents Figur e 8-3 Tick et Proper ties Windo w - Details T ab T abl e 8- 19 describ es the informat ion that is displ ayed in the Detail s tab in the T icket Properties wind ow .
8-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Working wit h Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents Description Description of the ticket. Last M odificat ion Ti m e Date and t ime (per the da tabase) tha t the ti cket was l ast updated.
8-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Working with Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents Step 3 A s requir ed, review additional pr opertie s for the ticket.
8-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Working wit h Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents T abl e 8- 21 sho ws the re fresh buttons. T o manually refresh a list , choose Vi e w > R e fr e s h from the main menu.
8-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Working with Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents Defining Filters T o defin e a filte r : Step 1 Cho ose Edit > Filter from the mai n menu. The crite ria tha t you can use for f iltering dif fers for e vents and t ick ets.
8-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Working wit h Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents Step 3 Click OK to sa ve your f ilter settings and apply the f ilter . The f iltered entrie s are disp layed in the list accord ing to the de fined criter ia.
8-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Working with Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents Exporting Dis played Data Cisco Prime Netw o.
8-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Working wit h Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents.
CH A P T E R 9-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 9 Working with Tic kets in Prime Network Vision These topic s describe ho w to work with tick ets in Prime Network V ision: • Wha.
9-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision User Roles Req uired to Work with Ticket s i n Prime Ne twork Vision User Roles Required to W ork with Ticke ts in Prime Network Vision This topic ident ifies the roles that are re quired to wo rk with tickets in Pri me Network V ision.
9-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Viewing Tickets and Network Events for Elements in a Map Viewing Tickets and Net wo.
9-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Viewing Tick ets and Ne twork Eve nt s for Elemen ts in a Map Figur e 9-1 Prim e Networ k Vis.
9-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Viewing Tickets and Network Events for Elements in a Map Ta b l e 9 - 3 describes th e inform ation displ ayed in the ticket pane. Locate the elements or links af f ected by the tick et in the ma p or links vie w .
9-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Viewing Tick ets and Ne twork Eve nt s for Elemen ts in a Map The tick et d etai ls in the tic k e t pane c hange au toma tic ally as ne w information arri ves.
9-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Viewing Tickets and Network Events for Elements in a Map Filtering Tickets by Criteria Prime Netw ork V ision enables you to define a f ilter for the tick ets displayed in the ticket pane ac cording to va r ious criteria.
9-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Viewing Tick ets and Ne twork Eve nt s for Elemen ts in a Map c. Supply the specif ic information to apply to the f ilter , su ch as the time, a string, or one or more IP addresses.
9-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Viewing Ticket Properties Viewing Ticket Properties In Prime N etwork V ision , ope.
9-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Viewing Ticket Prope rties Details Tab Ta b l e 9 - 5 describes the informatio n that is displayed in the Details tab ab out the tick et. T able 9-5 Event Pr operties Win dow - D etails T ab Field Description T icket ID Tick et identifier .
9-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Viewing Ticket Properties History Tab The H isto ry t ab e nabl es yo u t o di sp lay the hi stor y of t he t icket, incl ud ing a ll t he events.
9-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Viewing Ticket Prope rties When a n af fected si de is selecte d in t h e Sour ce tab le, the Destination table li sts all endp oints wit h service s that ha ve be en af fected between the m and the entry sele cted in the Source table .
9-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Viewing Ticket Properties Note The Af fected Part ies dialo g box occ asionally displa y s entri es that start with the word Misconf igur ed .
9-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Viewing Ticket Prope rties • Reduction Cou nt: – For network events, the reduc tion co unt is calculat ed by the VNE and pertai ns onl y to flap pi ng e v ents .
9-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Mana ging Tickets Managing Tick ets The follo wing topics desc ribe ho w to manage.
9-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Managing Tickets After a tick et is clear ed, it remains open for one hour (def ault) before it is ar chi ved. I ncoming e v ents can be correl ated to the tick et during this time, ef fecti vely re-opening th e ticket.
9-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Impact Analysis in Prime Network T o clear an d rem ov e one or mor e tickets, selec t the re quired tickets in the t icket pa ne, and then r ight-cl ick and ch oose Clear and Remov e .
9-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Impact An alysis in Pri m e N etwork Initial ly , Prime Ne twork might identify the s ervices as either po tentially or r eal af fected.
9-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Impact Analysis in Prime Network Accumulating the A ffected Parties in th e Correl.
9-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Impact An alysis in Pri m e N etwork.
CH A P T E R 10-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 10 Working with Rep orts Cisco Pri me Ne twork (Pri me Ne twork) p rovides a Repor t M anag er tha t e nable s y ou to sche du le, genera te, view , and export reports of t he inform ation managed by Prime Networ k.
10-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports User Roles Req uired to Man age Repor ts The fol lo wing table s identify the task s that y ou can perform: • T able 10- 1 id en tifies w het her y ou can ge nera t e a re po rt i f a s el ect ed e lem en t is not in on e of your assig ne d s cop es .
10-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts User Roles Requ ired to Ma nage Repo rts T able 1 0-3 Def ault P er mission/Secur ity Lev el Requir ed for .
10-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Using th e Rep ort Manager Using the Report Manager The Report Manager is a v ailable from Pr ime Netw ork V ision, Prime Network Even ts, and Prime Network Admi nistrati on by choosing Reports > Report Manager .
10-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Using th e Report Manag er Figure 10- 2 shows an exam pl e of a g en erat ed re por t w ith a p ie ch ar t .
10-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Using th e Rep ort Manager Menu Optio ns T able 10- 6 descri bes the men u o pti ons available in the Re po rt M ana ger w ind ow . Report Man ager Toolba r T able 10- 7 iden tifies the buttons tha t a ppea r in t he R ep ort Ma nage r tool bar .
10-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Using th e Report Manag er Navigat i on Tr ee The n avigation pane displays a t ree-and- branch r epresen tation of report folders a nd type s of repor ts. The highest le vel in the tree display s report folder s.
10-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Using th e Rep ort Manager Figur e 1 0-3 Repor ts Manag er Content P ane T able 10- 8 describes th e infor mation di splayed in t h e content p ane fo r each report.
10-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Using th e Report Manag er Note Reports are purg ed from Prime Netw ork after 90 days by def ault. Th is setting can be modif ied by changi ng the set ting in Prim e N etwork Ad minist r ation.
10-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Using th e Rep ort Manager Navigati on Pane Report s T able 10- 10 descr i bes the o pti ons available whe n you r ight -cl ick a r eport in the navigatio n pa ne.
10-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Report Ca tegori e s Report Categories Prime Network V isi on provides reports re lated to: • Ev ents—See Events Reports, pa ge 10-11 . • In ventor y—Se e Inv entory Rep orts, page 10-18 .
10-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Report Categori es Database Monitor ing F or regular time interv als: • Number of acti ve tic kets • Number of.
10-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Report Ca tegori e s Even t Redu ct ion Statistics F or the specif ied de vices and time per iod: • Name.
10-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Report Categori es Most Com mon Daily Ev ents For each day in the spe cified time period: • Specified numbe r of.
10-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Report Ca tegori e s T able 1 0 -13 Detailed Netw ork E vents Repor t T ypes Report Name Descr iptio n Dat.
10-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Report Categori es Detailed T ickets For eac h tick et of th e specif ied se verities, time period, and de vice: .
10-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Report Ca tegori e s T able 1 0-14 Detailed Non-N etwor k Ev ents Report T ype s Rep or t Na me De scrip t.
10-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Report Categori es Inventor y Reports T able 10- 15 descr i bes the sta nd ard inventory repor t t ypes provided by Pr ime Networ k V ision and the data source .
10-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Report Ca tegori e s IOS-XR Software Pack ag e Summary For each d ev ice included in the r eport: • De v.
10-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Report Categori es Network Service R eports T able 10- 16 describe s the standa rd network servi ce report t ypes provided by Prime N etwork V ision and the data source .
10-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Report Ca tegori e s Networ k Pseudowir e Detailed For eac h network pse udo wire in the repor t: • Pseu.
10-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports Generating Reports Y ou ca n genera te reports in any of the following ways: • Generat ing .
10-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports Report Genera tion Cancele d If a r eport is canc eled before it c ompletes, t he State column contains th e word Can celed . Click Canceled to vie w th e reason for the cancellat ion.
10-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports Figur e 1 0-4 Ev ents Repor t - Run Repor t Dialog Bo x Step 4 In the Ru n Report dialog box, sp ecify the rep ort settings a s follows: • For standard events report s, use the infor matio n in T able 10 -17 .
10-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports T able 1 0-17 Ev ents Repor t - Run Repor t Dialog Bo x Fields Option Description Report Se ttin gs Repo rt Nam e Ente r a uni q ue na me for the r epor t, f rom 1 to 150 c hara cte rs in leng th.
10-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports Device Select ion Select De vices Note • Y ou can add only those d evices that are within yo ur scope. • A user wit h the Adm inistr ator role can sele ct unmana ged devices (by IP addr ess) for report s that run on t he Ev ent Arch i ve .
10-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports T able 1 0-18 Detailed Networ k Events Repor ts - Run Repor t Dialog Bo x Fields Option Description Report Se ttin gs Repo rt Nam e Ente r a uni q ue na me for the r epor t, f rom 1 to 150 c hara cte rs in leng th.
10-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports Device Select ion Select De vices Note • Y ou can add only those d evices that are within yo ur scope. • A user wit h the Adm inistr ator role can sele ct unmana ged devices (by IP addr ess) for report s that run on t he Ev ent Arch i ve .
10-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports Detai led T raps Re port—Ad dit ional Re port Spec ific ations T r aps Detailed Description In the Desc ript ion Co nt ain s field, e nt er th e s tri ng th at t he trap mus t co nt ain to be incl ud ed in t he r epo rt.
10-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports T able 1 0-19 Detailed Non-Networ k Events Repor ts - Run Repor t Dialog Bo x Fields Option Description Report Se ttin gs Repo rt Nam e En te r a uni que na me for the r epor t, f rom 1 to 150 cha ra cters i n leng th.
10-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports Step 5 T o schedu le a repo rt to run im mediate ly or at a late r point i n time, cl ick the Scheduling tab . For more inform ati on, see Sche duling Repo rts, page 10-38 .
10-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports Figur e 1 0-5 In ventory Report - Run Repo rt Dial og Box Step 4 En ter the req uire d infor mat ion in t he Run Repor t di al og box a s d es cribed in T able 10-20 .
10-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports Step 5 T o schedu le a repo rt to run im mediate ly or at a late r point i n time, cl ick the Scheduling tab . For more inform ati on, see Sche duling Repo rts, page 10-38 .
10-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports Generating Network Ser vice Reports If you gen er ate a detai led net work se rv ice r ep ort.
10-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports Step 4 En ter the req uired infor mation t he Run Report dialog b ox as describe d in T able 10 -21 .
10-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports Step 5 T o schedu le a repo rt to run im mediate ly or at a late r point i n time, cl ick the Scheduling tab . For more inform ati on, see Sche duling Repo rts, page 10-38 .
10-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports Step 6 Click OK . The repo rt ap pear s in the tab le in the conte nt pa ne wi th a s.
10-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Schedulin g Repo rts Generating Re ports from Prime Netw ork Vision Prime Ne twork V ision ena bles yo u to ru n re ports on sel ected devices fr om the map and li st vi ews.
10-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Mana ging Repor ts Step 5 Click the Scheduling tab . By default , the Run No w option is selected and the report is scheduled to run immediate ly . Step 6 T o schedule the report for a later date/time: a.
10-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Managing Reports T o change the maximu m number of conc urrent repo rts, us e the runRe gT ool command ( located in ANAHOM E /Main) as follo ws: ./runRegTool.sh -gs 127.
10-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Mana ging Repor ts Figur e 1 0-7 Most Co mmon Daily Even t s Repor t Example Step 4 S av e the report as requir ed. Renaming Re ports Y ou ca n rename : • Any report type th at you defined.
10-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Managing Reports Step 3 In the Ed it dial og box, enter a new name fo r the report t ype in the Repor t Nam e field, using the fo llowing conventions : • The name can con tain 1 to 150 ch aract ers.
10-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Mana ging Repor ts Limiting Acc ess to a Report T o lim it access to a re port that you ge nerated an d subsequ ently share d: Step 1 Cho ose Reports > Report Manager .
10-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Managing Reports Viewing Re port P ropertie s The Re por t Pro pe rties dia log box en abl es yo u to vi ew the r eport setti ngs and to m odi fy s ome o f them .
10-45 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Definin g Report Types Defining Report Typ es Y ou ca n modif y any of the report types pr ovided by Prime N etwork so that it better sui ts your needs a nd en viro nm en t.
10-46 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Managing Report Fold ers Step 6 T o mo ve the ne w folder to another fo lder , or to the top lev el in the folder hierar chy: a. Right-click the folder , then choose Mo ve .
10-47 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Mana ging Report Fol de rs Deleting Folders Y ou ca n delete folders that you have created in Re port Mana ger if they ar e empty .
10-48 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Managing Report Fold ers Figur e 1 0-9 F older Prop ertie s T able 10- 22 describes the informa tion that is displaye d in each tab, depend ing on the folder’ s contents.
10-49 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Mana ging Report Fol de rs Viewi ng Re port Type Prop erties T o v iew repor t type prop er t ies: Step 1 In the navigation pa ne, righ t-clic k the requ ired rep ort type , then cho ose Pro pertie s .
10-50 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Managing Report Fold ers.
CH A P T E R 11-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 11 Using Cisco PathTracer to Diagnose Problems Cisco PathT r acer enabl es you to view a network path bet ween two network obj ects.
11-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Cisco PathTrac er Overview By def ault, users wit h the Adminis trator role h av e access to all m anaged elements. T o cha nge the Admin istr ator user scope, see the topic on device sc ope s in the Cisc o Prim e Ne twork 4.
11-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Launchi ng Pa th Trac er In MPLS and Car rier Et hern et environmen ts, Cis co Path.
11-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Launchin g Path Tracer T o vie w a specif ic path, you must specify an i nitial point and a destinati o n, such as an IP or MA C address.
11-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Launchi ng Pa th Trac er Starting a Path Trace Y ou ca n start a path tr ace in the.
11-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Launchin g Path Tracer The next ste p d ep ends on you r cho i ce i n Step 1 : • If you cho ose Path T ra cer > From Here to Dest ination , th e Path Infor ma tio n d ial og bo x is displayed ( Fi gure 11 -1 ).
11-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Launchi ng Pa th Trac er Step 5 In the toolbar , click Cisc o PathT racer .
11-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Launchin g Path Tracer • Using a Pseu dowire, page 1 1-12 • Using an M PLS- TP T u nnel End point , pa ge 11- 13 Using an Etherne t Flow Point A network VLAN is required for y ou to start a path trace using an Ethernet flo w point.
11-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Launchi ng Pa th Trac er Using an IP In terf ace Both IPv4 a nd IPv6 addresses are s upported a s valid path trace sources and destination s as illustrated in the follo wing procedure.
11-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Launchin g Path Tracer Figur e 1 1 -4 IP Int e rface P ath T race Launc h Po int - P ath Infor mation Di alog Bo x Step 3 In t he D est inat ion I P fiel d, e nte r the IP v4 or IP v6 addr ess .
11-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Launchi ng Pa th Trac er Figur e 1 1 -5 VLAN Br idge P ath T race Launc h P oint Step 2 If yo u choose F rom Here to De stin ati on in Step 1 , th e Path Informa tion di alog box is displayed.
11-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Launchin g Path Tracer Using an Etherne t Port T o launch a path trace from an Ethernet.
11-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Launchi ng Pa th Trac er Figur e 1 1 -7 P ath Inf orma tion Dialog Box fo r a Netw ork Pseudo wire Step 3 Specify the destination using the inform ation in T able 11 -4 .
11-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Viewing Path Trace s in Cisco Pa th Trac er Figur e 1 1 -8 MPLS-TP T unnel Endpoint P ath T race Laun ch Step 3 Specify the destination using the inform ation in T able 11 -4 .
11-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Viewing Path Traces in C isco Pat hTracer The Ci sco P athT racer wi ndow e nables you to: • V ie w m ultiple paths for a selected source an d destination either sequentially or simultan eously .
11-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Viewing Path Trace s in Cisco Pa th Trac er • Path T r ace Pane, pa ge 11-18 • Rig ht-C lic k Menu Opti ons, page 11- 19 Menus T able 11- 5 describes th e options a va ilable in t h e Cisco Path T racer menus.
11-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Viewing Path Traces in C isco Pat hTracer Toolbar T able 11- 6 describes th e options a va ilable in t h e Cisco P athT racer toolbar .
11-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Viewing Path Trace s in Cisco Pa th Trac er Trace Tabs The disco ve red path trace is i.
11-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Viewing Path Traces in C isco Pat hTracer Right-Click Menu Options Y ou ca n right-cl ick netwo rk eleme nts in the pat h trac e window and choose items from a right-cl ick menu.
11-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems View ing Pat h Trac e Det ails Viewing Path Trace Details In addi ti on t o th e info r.
11-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Viewing Path Trace Details Figu re 1 1 -1 0 Ci sco PathT racer Details Windo w The.
11-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems View ing Pat h Trac e Det ails Menus T able 11- 8 describes the Cisco PathT racer details windo w menu options.
11-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Viewing Path Trace Details Path Trace Pan e The path trace pane in the Ci sco PathT racer detail s windo w displays information rel ated to the tab selected i n the detai ls pane.
11-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems View ing Pat h Trac e Det ails T o ols Cont ains the foll owing choices : • CPU Us age—Dis plays mem ory an d CPU u sage inf ormation for a device or network e lement.
11-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Viewing Path Trace Details Details Pane Selectin g a de vice or link in the path trac e pane automatic ally highligh ts the related param eters in the details pane.
11-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Saving and Ope ning Cisco P athTra cer M ap Files Saving and Opening Cisco PathTra cer Map Files Prime Net work enab les you to e x port multip le-path tr ace maps that ar e displaye d in the Cisco Pa th T racer window to an XM L file.
11-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Rerunning a Path and Comparing Results Step 3 In the E xpo rt T able t o File dial o g box, n avigate t o the dir ectory w here you wa nt t o save the Cisco PathT racer coun ter val u es.
11-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Viewin g L2TP Pa th In formatio n Cisco PathT racer use s th e VLAN ta gs of the Et hern et hea der and th e por t conf igurati on to tr ace th e path from one in terface to ano ther over the network.
11-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Using Cisco PathTracer in MPLS Networks Using Cisco PathTracer in MPLS Networks Y .
11-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Using Cisco PathTra cer in MPLS Net works Cisco PathTrac er MPLS S tar t an d Endp oints Y ou ca n open Cisco PathT r acer by right- clicking a st artin g point and ent ering the require d destinat ion IP address.
11-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Using Cisco PathTracer in MPLS Networks Using Cisc o PathTra cer for CSC Configura.
11-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Using Cisco PathTra cer in MPLS Net works Using Cisc o PathTra cer for Laye r 3 VP Ns Cisco PathT r acer uses VRF routing an d label switch ing informa tion to trace the path from one VR F interfac e to another .
11-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Using Cisco PathTracer in MPLS Networks T able 11- 14 descri bes the Laye r 2 proper ties that can be displa yed in the La yer 2 tab spec ifically for VPNs.
11-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Using Cisco PathTra cer in MPLS Net works Layer 2 an d Layer 3 pa t h trace info rmati on i s displaye d in the Cisco PathTracer detail s window when a path is trac ed ove r MPLS TE tunnels.
11-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Using Cisco PathTracer in MPLS Networks T unnel Burst Kbps Burst flo w specificatio n (in K b/s) for this t u nnel. T unnel A verage Rate Kbps T u nnel av erage rate in Kb/s .
11-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Using Cisco PathTra cer in MPLS Net works.
CH A P T E R 12-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 12 Monitoring Carrier Ethernet Services The fol lowing topics descri be how you can use Cisco Pri me Network V i sion (Prime Netwo.
12-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices User Roles Req uired to Work wi th Carri er Ethernet Serv ices • Conf igur ing IS -I S, page .
12-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services User Roles Re quired to Work with Ca rrier Ethern et Services V iew Et hernet f low d oma.
12-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices User Roles Req uired to Work wi th Carri er Ethernet Serv ices Working with O v er lay s Apply .
12-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services User Roles Re quired to Work with Ca rrier Ethern et Services V ie w ass ociated ne twork.
12-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing CDP Properties Viewing CDP Properties Cisco Disc overy Protocol (CD P) is p rima rily used t o obt ain pr otoc ol a dd resses of n eigh bori ng devices and discover t he p la tfo rm of t ho se devices.
12-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewing CD P Prop ertie s Figur e 12-1 CDP in Logical I nv entory T able 12- 3 descr ibes the CD P ins tance prop ertie s that are di spla yed.
12-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing Lin k La yer Di sc overy Prot ocol Propert ies In Physical Inven tory T o vie w CDP on .
12-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Vi ewing Link Layer Disco very Pr otocol P roperti es Figur e 12-2 LLDP in Logical In vent ory T able 12- 4 descr ibes the prope rti es t hat a re di splaye d f or LL D P .
12-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing Spann ing Tree Protocol Prop erties In Physical Inven tory T o v iew LLDP on a L ay er 2 po rt: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, dou ble-clic k the device with t he Layer 2 port with LLDP in formati on you want to vie w .
12-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewing Spa nning Tree Pr otocol P roperties Figur e 12-3 STP in Lo gical In v ent ory T able 12- 5 descr ibes the pr ope rtie s that are di spla yed f or STP .
12-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing Spann ing Tree Protocol Prop erties Step 4 T o view the propert ies of an STP instan ce, do on e of the fol lowing: • Double-clic k the required instance.
12-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewing Spa nning Tree Pr otocol P roperties Step 5 T o vi ew MSTP pr op er tie s, choos e t he requ ir ed M S TP ent ry in logi c al inventory und er Spann in g Tree Pro toc ol.
12-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing Resi lient Ethernet Proto col Properties (RE P) The foll o wing topics d escribe h o w.
12-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Vi ewi ng Resi l ient Et h ern et Prot ocol Pr ope rt i es (R EP ) Step 2 In the inv entory w ind ow , c ho ose Lo gical Inv entory > Resilient Ethernet Protocol .
12-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing Resi lient Ethernet Proto col Properties (RE P) Figu re 12-5 RE P Segm en t Prope rties T able 12- 9 describes the information that is display ed for REP segments.
12-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Vi ewi ng Resi l ient Et h ern et Prot ocol Pr ope rt i es (R EP ) The follo wing topics.
12-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing HSRP Properties Viewing HSRP Properties Hot Sta ndby Ro uter Prot ocol (H SRP) is a p rotocol that provi des ba ckup t o a ro uter i n c ase o f failure .
12-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services View ing A c cess G atewa y Prop ertie s Viewing Access Gateway Propert ies In an acc es.
12-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewin g Access Gateway Proper ties Figur e 12-7 Access Gat ewa y in Lo gical In vent ory.
12-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services View ing A c cess G atewa y Prop ertie s T able 12- 11 descri bes the infor mation that is displayed for an access gateway . Step 3 Choose an acce ss ga tewa y ins tance to vie w insta nce propert ies.
12-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewin g Access Gateway Proper ties Figur e 12-8 Access Gat ewa y Instance in Logical In vent ory T able 12- 12 descri bes the infor mation that is displayed for an access gateway instance .
12-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Link Aggregation Groups Working with Eth ernet Link Aggregatio n Groups Ethernet link aggregation groups (LA Gs) pr ovide the ability to treat multiple switc h ports as one switch port.
12-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Ethernet L in k Aggregat io n Group s T o v iew proper tie s for E the rne t li nk aggr egation g rou ps: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, dou ble- click th e device with the link aggregation group you wan t to view .
12-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Link Aggregation Groups Step 3 T o vie w properties for a specifi c aggrega tion, double-c lick the group identi fier .
12-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Ethernet L in k Aggregat io n Group s Operational State Operational state of the subin terfa ce: Up or Down . VLAN ID VLAN identif ier .
12-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Link Aggregation Groups T able 12-15 LA G IEEE 80 2.3 AD Pr operties Field Description Group N umb er Aggregation gr oup nu mb er .
12-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Ethernet L in k Aggregat io n Group s Subinterf ace s T able Addres s IP addr ess of the sub interfac e. Mask Subnet mask applied to the IP address.
12-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewi ng mLACP P roper ties Viewing mLACP Properties Prime Network V ision supports the .
12-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing mLACP Properties T able 12- 16 descr ibe s the in for mat ion displa yed in the ICCP R ed und ancy G roups t abl e.
12-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewi ng mLACP P roper ties T able 12- 17 descri bes the infor mation available in the ICC P Redunda ncy Group Prope rties window .
12-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing Provi der Backb one Bridge Properties Viewing Provider Backbo ne Bri dge Propert ies Provider b ackbo ne bri dges (PBBs) , spe cified by I EEE 802 .
12-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewi ng EFP P roper ties T able 12- 18 descr ibe s the in for matio n di spla yed f or PBB. Viewing EFP Propertie s Prime Network V ision pr ovides i n forma tion abo ut E FPs i n a n umb er of ways.
12-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices View ing EF P Pr ope rti es Figure 12- 13 shows an example of the EF P Pro pert ies w indow . Figur e 12-13 EFP Pr opertie s Windo w T able 12- 19 descr ibe s the in forma tion displ ayed in the EFP Pr opert ies window .
12-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewi ng EFP P roper ties Step 2 Cl ick the hype rlink en try in the Bindi ng field to view the relate d propert ies in logica l in vent ory .
12-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices View ing EF P Pr ope rti es Step 3 T o view EFP properties i n physic al i nv en tory , naviga.
12-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewi ng EFP P roper ties Figur e 12-15 EFPs T ab in Ph ysical In v ent ory T able 12- 21 describes the information displaye d in the EFPs tab .
12-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Connectin g a Ne twork Ele m ent to an EFP Connecting a Network Element to an EFP Y ou ca n ad d and con ne ct ne twork e leme nts t o an EFP unde r an exist ing agg regat ion fo r VLA N , VPLS , Pseudowire, and Et hern et Servi ce.
12-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Unde rsta n ding EFP Se veri ty an d Tic ke t Ba dg es Figu re 12-16 E FP Severity an d .
12-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing EVC Service Prope rties Viewing EVC Service Properties Certai n EVC service prop erties are co nfigured as port attr ibutes .
12-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewing EVC Service Properties Figur e 12-18 EV C P ort Pr opert ies in Ph ysical In vent ory T able 12- 22 descri bes the infor mation displ ayed for t hese prope rties.
12-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing and Ren aming Ethe rnet Flow D omains Viewing and Renaming Eth ernet Flow Doma ins An Etherne t flow domain re prese nts an Ethern et ac cess doma in.
12-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewing an d Renamin g Ether net Flow Domains T o v iew Ethe rn et fl ow doma ins : Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ch oose N etwork In ventor y > Ethernet Flow Domains .
12-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing and Ren aming Ethe rnet Flow D omains Figur e 12-20 Ether net Flo w Domain Pr operties Window T able 12- 23 descr ibe s the in for matio n displa yed in the E ther ne t Flow Doma in Pr opert ie s window .
12-45 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Working with VLANs The fo llowing topics prov ide info rmati on and proce dure s for worki ng with VLAN s.
12-46 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Understand ing VLAN Elements The fol lowing conc epts are impor tant t o.
12-47 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Ethernet Fl ow Points An Ethernet flo w point (EFP) can represent a port that is conf igured for participation in a specif ic VLAN.
12-48 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Figur e 12-22 T er min ation P oint EFP Inside a VLAN • Edge EFPs—A .
12-49 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Figur e 12-23 Edge EFP Inside a VLAN An edge E FP can be displayed bo.
12-50 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Figur e 12-24 Edg e EFPs Di splaye d Inside an d Outside of Sw itching Entities Y o u can del ete EFPs and swit ching entiti es that ha ve a reco nciliation icon b y right-clickin g them a nd choosin g Delete .
12-51 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Step 2 Cho ose File > Add to Map > VLAN . The Add VL AN to map dial og box is displa yed as sho wn in Figure 12- 25 .
12-52 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Figur e 12-26 VLANs in Map View After you add a VLAN to a map, you can use Prime Net work V ision to view its switching entities and Ether net flow point s.
12-53 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs When removi ng VLANs from maps, keep the following in mi nd: • Remo ving a VLAN af fects other u sers who are work ing with the same map vie w .
12-54 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Figur e 12-27 VLAN M appings T ab in Ph ysical Inv entory T able 12- 25 descri bes the infor mation th at is displa yed in the VLA N Mappings table.
12-55 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Working w ith Asso ciat ed VLANs Prime Network V ision discovers associati ons b etween n etwork VLANs an d displays t he informat i on in Prime Networ k V i sion.
12-56 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Figur e 12-28 A dd Asso ciat ed VLAN Wind ow In thi s example, the sel ect ed n etwo rk VLA N ha s one a ssoci ate d V LAN : V LAN -1742 .
12-57 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Viewing Associated Network VLAN Service Links and VLAN Mapping P rope.
12-58 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs If VLAN tag ma nipu lation is con figured on the l ink, the VL AN Mappi ng Proper ties area in the Link Propert ies wi ndo w displa ys the r elev ant i nforma tion.
12-59 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Figur e 12-31 VLAN E lements and D evices in Pr ime Networ k Vision T.
12-60 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Figur e 12-32 Links Betw een VL AN Elem ents and Devices The ke y point .
12-61 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Displaying VLANs By Applying VLAN Overlay s to a Map4 5 Y ou can cr ea te an over lay of a sp ec ific VL AN on top of the p hysica l n etwor k el e ment s d ispl ayed i n a map view .
12-62 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Figur e 12-33 VLAN O v er lay Exa mple Note The ov erlay is a snapshot taken at a specific point in time. As a result, the infor mation in th e o verl ay might become s tale.
12-63 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Viewing VLAN Service Link Properties See the follo wing topics for in.
12-64 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Viewing REP Properties fo r VL AN Se rv ice Lin ks T o vie w REP propertie s for a V LAN servi ce link, o pen the L ink Properties wind ow in either of the follo wing ways: • Double- click the VLAN service link.
12-65 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Figur e 12-34 VLAN Se rvice L ink Pr oper ties Windo w with REP Inf or mation T able 12- 29 descri bes the informa tion that is displayed for REP for each end of the link.
12-66 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Viewing STP Information in VLAN Domain Views and VL AN Overlays Y ou can vi e w STP segment and port informatio n in Prime Net work V ision in the map vi ew .
12-67 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Viewing STP Properties fo r VL AN Se rv ice Lin ks T o v iew STP prop ert ies for a VL AN se rvice l ink, open t he L ink Pro pert ies w indow in o ne of t he follo wing ways: • Double- click the VLAN service link.
12-68 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Viewing VL AN Trunk Group Prop erties VTP is a L ayer 2 mu l tica st me ssaging pr otoc ol t hat mana ges the a dditi on, de letion, an d r en aming of VLAN s on a sw itch ed ne twork-w ide basis .
12-69 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs T able 12- 32 descr ibe s the in for matio n th at is di splaye d in the VTP Do ma in Pr operti es w indow . Step 3 T o vie w the VTP properties at the de vice, double-clic k the VTP domain.
12-70 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Step 4 Whe n finished, press Ctrl + F4 to close each VTP propertie s windo w .
12-71 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs T able 12- 34 describes the infor mation that is displa yed. Depending on th e bridge conf iguration, any of the ta bs m ight be disp laye d for t h e sel ect ed bri dge .
12-72 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Step 3 Whe n finished, press Ctrl + F4 to close each VLAN Bridge pr operti es windo w .
12-73 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Understanding Una ssociated Bridges Thes e comm ands are applicab le only fo r Cis co ASR 5000 seri es net work el ements. Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand .
12-74 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Underst anding Un assoc iated Bri dg es Figu re 12-39 Add Un assoc iated B ridge Dial og Box Step 3 In the Add Unassigned Bridge to domain dial og box, sele ct the req uired bri dge an d click OK .
12-75 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Flow Point Cross-C onnects Figur e 12-40 Unass ociat ed Br idge in.
12-76 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Eth ern et Flow Poin t Cross -Connects Adding EFP Cross-Co nnects T o add an EFP cr oss-co nnect to a map: Step 1 In Prime Netw ork V ision, select the m ap to w h ich you wish to a dd the c ross-connect.
12-77 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Flow Point Cross-C onnects Figur e 12-41 Loca l S witchin g T a ble in Logical In vent ory T able 12- 36 descr ibe s the in for matio n di spla yed f or the EFP c ros s-conn ect s in the Loc al Switchi ng Ta b l e .
12-78 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h VPLS an d H-VPLS Ins ta nce s Working with VPLS a nd H-VPLS Instances V irtu al .
12-79 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VPLS and H-VPLS Instances Adding VPLS Instan ces to a M ap Y ou ca n add the VPL S instanc es that Pri me Network V i sion discovers to maps as re quired .
12-80 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h VPLS an d H-VPLS Ins ta nce s Figur e 12-42 VPLS Ins tance in Pr ime Netw or k V ision Map The VPLS i n stance in formation is sa ved with the map in the Pr ime Netw ork datab ase.
12-81 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VPLS and H-VPLS Instances Figur e 12-43 Selec t VPLS Instance Ov erla y Dialog Bo x Step 3 Select the required VPLS instance f or the ov erlay .
12-82 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h VPLS an d H-VPLS Ins ta nce s Figur e 12-44 VPLS Ins tance Ov er lay in Pri me Netw ork Vision Step 5 T o hide a nd vi ew the overla y , cl ic k Hide Overlay/Show Over lay in the tool bar .
12-83 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VPLS and H-VPLS Instances The callo ut windo w displays th e follo wing information for each link represented by t h e selecte d link: • Link deta ils and direc tion.
12-84 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h VPLS an d H-VPLS Ins ta nce s Viewing VPLS Instance Pro perties T o vie w th e p.
12-85 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VPLS and H-VPLS Instances Viewing Virtual Sw itching Instance Properties T .
12-86 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h VPLS an d H-VPLS Ins ta nce s Figur e 12-48 VPLS F orwar d in Pr ime Netwo r k Vision Navig ation P ane If you ri ght- clic k the VPLS forwa rd a nd choo se Inv entory , t he i n ventory wi nd ow is displ ayed .
12-87 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VPLS and H-VPLS Instances T able 12- 38 descri bes the infor mation th at is displa yed for the sel ected VSI .
12-88 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h VPLS an d H-VPLS Ins ta nce s Figur e 12-51 VPLS T unnel Pr operties Win dow T able 12- 39 descri bes the infor mation th at is displaye d for pseu dowire endpoint pro perties.
12-89 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VPLS and H-VPLS Instances Viewing VPLS Access Ethern et Flow Point Properti.
12-90 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res • List of t he c onfigured subi nte rface s on the p ort. For m ore in forma ti on on t he Sub int erface s table , see V iewing a Port Configuratio n, page 3 -25 .
12-91 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires • In th e menu bar , choo se File > Add to Map > Pseudo wire . Figure 12- 54 shows an example of th e Add Pseudowire di alog box.
12-92 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res Step 4 In the Add Pseu dowire di a log box, se lect the pseud owires that yo u want to add .
12-93 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires Figur e 12-56 Pseudo wire Componen ts in Pr ime Netw ork V ision Maps The pse udowire info rmat ion is saved with t he m a p in the Prim e N etwork da tabase .
12-94 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res Figur e 12-57 Pseudo wire Pr oper ties Win do w T able 12- 40 descri bes the informa tion pres ented in the Pseudowire Prop erties win dow .
12-95 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires Step 7 T o vie w th e prope rties of an Ethe rnet fl o w po int associ ated wit h the pseudowire, ri ght-click the EFP a nd then choose Proper ties.
12-96 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res Step 1 In th e r eq uire map , dou ble- cli ck the re quir ed device c onfigured f or pseudowire. Step 2 In the inv entory w ind ow , c ho ose Lo gical In ventory > Pseudo wire .
12-97 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires Figur e 12-58 Pseudo wire Redundan cy Se rvice Badg e in a Map Step 2 T o vi ew additio nal det ails , i n the ma p, d oubl e-c li ck the el em ent wi th t h e re dun da ncy serv ice badg e.
12-98 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res Figur e 12-60 Pseudo wire Redundan cy Se rvice in Log ical Inv entory The entri es in dicat e that th e se lected tunnel edge ha s a Second ary ro le in th e f irst V C and a Pr imar y ro le in the second VC.
12-99 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires Figur e 12-61 Selec t Pseudo wir e Ov erla y Dialog Bo x Step 3 Select the re quired pseudowir e for the overlay .
12-100 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res Figu re 12-62 P seudowire Overla y in P rime Net wor k Vision Step 5 T o hide a nd vi ew the overla y , cl ic k Hide Overlay/Show Over lay in the tool bar .
12-101 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires Figur e 12-63 Pseudo wire Deplo yment Over C ore Netw or k Fi.
12-102 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res Figu re 12-65 PW -HE In terface The PW -HE interfa ce is treated l.
12-103 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires Figur e 12-66 PW -HE Configu ratio n Details T able 12- 42 displays t he PW -HE interfa ce details.
12-104 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res Y o u can a lso vie w the follo wing conf igur ation deta ils for .
12-105 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires Viewing PW-HE Generic Inter face List T o vie w the PW -HE generic inter face list: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
12-106 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Eth ernet Service s Working with Eth ernet Se rvices Ether net servic es are creat ed when the following business elem ents are linked to one an other: • Network VLA N and bridge domain are lin ked throu gh a shared EFP .
12-107 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Services b. T o na rrow th e displa y to a r ange of Et herne t serv ice s o r a gro up of E ther net servi ce s, en ter a search string in the se arch field.
12-108 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Eth ernet Service s The Eth ernet service informatio n is sa ved with th e map in the Pri me Netw ork datab ase.
12-109 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Services Figur e 12-69 Ether net Service Ov erla y in Pr ime Networ k Vision Step 5 T o hide a nd vi ew the overla y , cl ic k Hide Overlay/Show Over lay in the toolb ar .
12-110 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Eth ernet Service s Figur e 12-70 Ether net Service Pr operties Windo w T able 12- 44 descri bes the infor matio n that is displa yed for an Et hernet servic e.
12-111 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Services Figur e 12-71 EV C Pr operties Windo w T able 12- 45 describes the inform ation that is displa yed in the EVC Proper ties windo w .
12-112 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing IP SLA Respon der Service Properties Viewing IP SLA Responder Service Propert ies Cis.
12-113 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewing IP S LA Respon der Se rvice P roper ties Figur e 12-72 IP SLA Respo nder in Logical In ventory T able 12- 46 descri bes the proper ties displa yed for IP SLA Respon der servi ce.
12-114 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing IS-IS Properties Viewing IS-IS Properties Intermed iate Syste m-to-I ntermedi ate System (IS- IS) protocol is a routing pr otocol developed by the ISO.
12-115 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewing IS -IS Proper ties T able 12- 47 descri bes the infor mation th at is displa yed in this win dow and the Processes t able. Step 3 T o view IS-I S pr oces s i nform at ion , ch oose L ogical Inventory > IS-IS > Process nnn .
12-116 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing IS-IS Properties T able 12- 48 descri bes the informa tion that is di splayed for the selecte d IS-IS proce ss.
12-117 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewi ng OSPF Pr operti e s Viewing OSPF Properties Prime Network V ision supports the .
12-118 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing OSPF Properties T a ble 12-49 OSPF Pr ocesses in Logical In vent ory Field Des cripti on OSPF Pr ocess Detai ls Process ID Unique pr oc es s ide ntifier .
12-119 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Confi guri ng REP and m LACP Configuring RE P an d mLACP The fo llowing comma nds c an be lau nched fr om th e in ventory by right-cl icking t he appr opriate node and select ing Com mands.
12-120 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Using Pseudo wire Ping and Sh ow Comman ds Using Pseudowire Ping and Show Co mmands The Ping Pseudowire and Display Pseudowire comman ds can be launched fr om the in ventor y by right-c licking the appr opriate node a nd selec ting Commands.
12-121 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Confi guring IS-IS Configuring IS-IS In orde r to e nabl e IS- IS for IP on a C is co r.
12-122 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Configuring I S-IS Comma nd Navi gati on Descript ion Create ISIS Int er fac e ISIS > Syst.
CH A P T E R 13-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 13 Monitoring Carrier Grade NAT Properties Carri er Grade N A T is a lar ge-scal e Netw ork Addre ss T ranslation (N A T) that pro vides tran slati on of millions of pr i v ate IPv4 ad dresses to public IPv4 addresses.
13-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 13 Monitoring Carrier Grade NAT Properties User Roles Req uired to View Car rier Grade NAT Properties User Roles Required to View Carri er Grade NAT Propert ies This topic identif ies the roles that are requir e d to view Carrier Grad e N A T properties in Pr ime Netw ork V ision.
13-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 3 Moni to rin g Carrier Grad e NA T Properti es Viewing Carri er Grade NAT Prop erties in Logic al Inventory The Carri er Grade N A T prope rties are displayed i n logical in ventor y as shown in Figu re 13- 1 .
13-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 13 Monitoring Carrier Grade NAT Properties Viewing Carri er G rade NAT Prop erties in Log ic al Inventory Address Pools T ab Inside VRF Hyperlink ed entry to the insid e VRF in logical in vento ry .
13-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 3 Moni to rin g Carrier Grad e NA T Properti es Viewing Carrier Grade NAT Properties in Physical Inventory Y o u can also disp lay pool u tilization by r ight-cl icking a VNE an d choosing Commands > Show > Pool Utiliza tion.
13-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 13 Monitoring Carrier Grade NAT Properties Configuring CG NA T Service Figur e 13-2 Carr ier Gr ade NA T Pro per ties in P h ysical In vent ory The field CGN Servi ce is displ ayed, and the entry is hype rlinked to the associate d Carrie r Grade NA T service in logical in ven tory .
13-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 3 Moni to rin g Carrier Grad e NA T Properti es Config uring CG NAT Service Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand .
13-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 13 Monitoring Carrier Grade NAT Properties Configuring CG NA T Service.
CH A P T E R 14-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 14 Monitoring DWDM Properties The Ci sco I P over dense wavelength division mu l tiplexing (IPoDWDM) sol ution e nable s the con ve rgence of the IP an d D WDM core netw orks of the service pro viders.
14-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties User Roles Req uired to View DW D M Properties • For element-based tasks (tasks that do af fect elements), authorizatio n is based on the defaul t permis sion that is a ssigned t o your a ccount.
14-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Viewing DWDM in Ph ysical Inventory Viewing DWDM in Physical Inventory Prime Ne twork V ision e nabl es yo u to mo nit or a variety o f DWDM prop ertie s in phy sica l inv entory , includi ng forward erro r corre ction (F EC), G.
14-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties Viewin g DWDM in Ph ysical Inventor y T able 14- 3 descr ibes the in for mati on di splayed for D WDM.
14-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Vie wing G.709 Proper ties Viewing G.709 Properties The T eleco mmunic ation Stan dardiz ation Secto r (ITU-T ) Recomme ndati on G.709 provide s a standardize d method for transpare ntly transportin g services o ver opt ical wa velengths end to end.
14-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties View ing G.709 Propertie s Figur e 14-2 D WDM G709 Pr oper ties Window Figure 14- 3 shows the tabs that are displayed in t he G709 Info Pr opertie s window for Cisco 7600 series devices.
14-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Vie wing G.709 Proper ties Figur e 14-3 DWD M G709 Proper ties Window f or Cisco 76 0 0 Ser ies Devices T able 14- 4 descr ibes the fields tha t a re d ispl ayed a bove the ta bs i n th e G709 In fo Pro pert ies win dow .
14-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties View ing G.709 Propertie s OTU Ala rms O TU Alarm Re porting Enabled f or The t ypes of ala rms enabl ed for repo rting: • AIS—Alar m indic ation signal (A IS) alarms.
14-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Vie wing G.709 Proper ties Step 4 T o vie w addit ional G.7 0 9 prope rties, clic k the requir ed tab . T able 14-5 describes the informat io n displaye d in each tab .
14-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties View ing G.709 Propertie s OTU Aler t Counters T ab T y pe T ype of OTU alert, such as SD-BE R or SF-BER. Threshold T hreshold se t for the type of alert. Counter Number of aler ts repo rted fo r each aler t type .
14-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Viewing Performance Mon itoring Configuration Step 5 T o close the G 709 Info Pro perti es window , cl ick the upp er rig ht corne r .
14-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties Viewing Perform an ce Monito rin g Conf ig uration Figur e 14-4 Cli ent D WDM PM Sett ings Pr operties Windo w T able 14- 6 describes the informatio n displayed abov e the tabs in the Client DW DM PM Settings Properti es windo w and in e ach of the tab s.
14-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Viewing Performance Mon itoring Configuration Optic s PM Setti ngs T ab T y pe Optics p er fo rmanc e m onit or ing p aram e ter bei ng t racked : • LBC—Laser bias curre nt.
14-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties Viewing Perform an ce Monito rin g Conf ig uration OTN PM Set tings T ab T y pe O TN pe rform an ce m on ito ring para me ter b eing t rac ked: • bbe-pm -fe—Fa r -end pa th monit oring ba ckground bl ock erro rs (BBE-PM ).
14-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Config uring and Viewin g DWDM Configuring and Viewing DW DM The fo llowing comma nds c an be lau nched fr om th e in ventory by right-cl icking t he appr opriate node and select ing Com mands.
14-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties Configuring an d Viewing DWDM Additi onal comma nds may be available for your devices. New comman ds are often provid ed in Prime Netwo rk De vice Pac ka ges , wh ich can be do wnloaded from the Prim e Netw o r k soft w ar e do wnload site.
14-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Config uring and Viewin g DWDM G.709 TTI Configur e > Optical cha nnel unit type: ODU o r O TU TTI type : Expecte d or sent TTI string type : ASCII or hex TTI stri ng Option: Set or re set TTI string G.
14-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties Configuring an d Viewing DWDM PM Optics Data Configure > PM i nterval: 15-min or 24-hour Optics alarm typ.
CH A P T E R 15-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 15 Monitoring Ethernet Operations, Ad ministration, and Maintenance Tool Prop erties The fol lowing topics descri be how you can u.
15-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties Ethernet O A M Overvi ew Ethernet OAM Overview P.
15-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewin g Connect ivi ty Fault Managem.
15-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties Viewing Conne ctivity Faul t Manageme nt Properti es • Continuity c heck—Multic ast heartbe at messages e xch anged peri odically among MEPs.
15-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewin g Connect ivi ty Fault Manageme nt Properties Figur e 15-1 CFM in Logical In vent ory T able 15- 3 descri bes the in for mati on di spla yed for CFM .
15-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties Viewing Conne ctivity Faul t Manageme nt Propert.
15-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewin g Connect ivi ty Fault Managem.
15-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties Viewing Conne ctivity Faul t Manageme nt Properti es Figure 15- 4 sho ws the info rmati on displaye d for the maint enance assoc iation endpoints.
15-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewin g Connect ivi ty Fault Manageme nt Properties Step 6 Click the Remot e Maintenance End P oints ta b to vie w the infor mation displ ayed for remote ME Ps.
15-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties View ing Eth ernet LM I Pro pertie s T able 15- 7 describes the informatio n presented for remote MEP s .
15-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewing Ethernet LMI Properties Figur e 15-6 Eth er net LMI in Logical In vent ory T able 15- 8 des cri bes t he i nfo rma tion displaye d for E thernet LMI .
15-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties View ing Eth ernet LM I Pro pertie s Step 3 T o view de vice EVC prope rties, d ouble- click an EVC name in the De vice EVCs tab .
15-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewing Ethernet LMI Properties Step 4 T o view prope rties for an Ethe rnet L MI int erface in physical i nterfac e, cli ck the r equired interfac e name in the ELMI Inter face s table.
15-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties View ing Link OAM Prop ert ies Viewing Link OAM.
15-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewing Link OAM P ropert ies Figure 15- 8 shows an e x ampl e of Link OAM properties in logi cal inv e ntory .
15-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties View ing Link OAM Prop ert ies Step 3 T o view deta il ed in form at ion abou t an e ntr y i n t he ta ble , doub le- cli ck t he re quir ed ent ry .
15-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewing Link OAM P ropert ies Step 4 T o vie w Li nk OAM status in physica l in ventory , choose Physical Inv entory > chassis > slot > interface .
15-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties Configuring CF M Figu re 15-1 0 Lin k OAM Admin.
15-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Configur ing CFM Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand .
15-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties Configuring E- LMI Configuring E-LMI E-LMI not ifies the CE of connec tivity status and con f igura tion par ameter s of Ethernet ser vices available on the CE p ort.
15-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Configuring L-OAM Configuring L-OAM L-OAM commands m oni tors and troublesh oots a sin gl e Etherne t link.
15-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties Configuring L -OAM Enable E-LMI On Interfac e I.
CH A P T E R 16-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 16 Monitoring Y.1731 IPSLA Configuration The fo llowing topics prov ide an overview of the Y . 1731 tech nology and de scribe how to vie w and monitor Y .1 731 configuration s in Prime Net work V ision : • Y .
16-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 16 Monitoring Y.1731 IP SLA Configura tion User Roles Req uired to Work with Y.1731 Probes User Roles Required to Work with Y.1731 Probes This top ic ide ntifies the ro les t hat are requi red t o work wit h Y .
16-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 6 Monito ring Y.1731 IPSL A Configuratio n Working with Y.1731 IPSLA Configurati ons Figur e 16-1 Y .1731 Pr obes Conte nt P ane T able 16- 2 descri bes the f iel ds that are di spla yed in the con tent pa ne.
16-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 16 Monitoring Y.1731 IP SLA Configura tion Work ing wi th Y .1731 IPSL A Co n f igur a t ion s Step 3 Ri ght-clic k on a probe and choose Pro pertie s to view its properties.
16-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 6 Monito ring Y.1731 IPSL A Configuratio n Working with Y.1731 IPSLA Configurati ons Command Navigation Description Configur e Probe .
16-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 16 Monitoring Y.1731 IP SLA Configura tion Work ing wi th Y .1731 IPSL A Co n f igur a t ion s.
CH A P T E R 17-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 17 IPv6 and IPv6 VPN over MPLS Cisco Pri me Ne twork (Pri me Ne twork) su ppo rts I Pv6 fo r: • Gate ways, clients, and units using IPv6. • Communi cations be tween VNEs a nd devices in IPv6 en vironments , whether the device mana gement IP addre ss is IPv4 or IPv6 .
17-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 17 IPv6 and IP v6 VPN over MPLS User Roles Req uired to Work wi th IPv 6 an d 6VPE User Roles Required to W ork with IPv6 an d 6VPE This topic ident ifies the roles that are re quired to wo rk with IPv6 and 6VPE in Prime Netw ork V ision.
17-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 7 IPv6 and IPv6 VPN over MPLS Viewing IPv6 Information T able 17- 3 describ es where IPv6 in format ion appe ars in logic al and physic al in ventor y .
17-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 17 IPv6 and IP v6 VPN over MPLS Viewi ng IP v6 Info rma t ion The IP ad dre sses t hat a pp ear depe nd on whe ther t h e i nter face ha s o nly I Pv4 a ddresse s, on l y IP v6 addresse s, or bo th I Pv4 a nd IPv6 a ddr ess es, a s s hown in T able 17 -4 .
17-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 7 IPv6 and IPv6 VPN over MPLS Viewing IPv6 Information Figur e 17 -1 Po rt with IPv4 a nd IPv6 Addr esses Figure 17- 2 sho ws a port with only IPv 6 addresses provi sioned.
17-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 17 IPv6 and IP v6 VPN over MPLS Viewi ng IP v6 Info rma t ion Figu re 1 7 -2 Port with IP v6 Addresses.
CH A P T E R 18-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 18 Monitoring MPLS Services The f ollo wing topi cs descri be ho w to vie w an d ma nage aspects of Mul tipro tocol Lab el S wit c.
18-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es User R oles Req uir e d to W o r k with MPL S Net wor ks For more information on user au thorization , see the Cisco P rime N etwo rk 4. 0 Adm ini strator G uide .
18-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es User Roles Required to Work with MPLS Networks Displa y or hide VPN overlays X X X X X R em ove V P N ov.
18-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Working wit h MPL S -TP T unnels Working with MPLS-T P Tunnels MPLS-T ransport Prof ile (MPLS-TP) is considered to be the next gene ration transpor t for those using SONET/SDH TDM tech nologies as they migrat e to packet- switchi ng techn ology .
18-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Working with MPLS-TP Tunnels Adding an MPLS-TP Tunnel Prime Net work V ision autom atically discovers MPLS-T P tunnels, endpoin ts, and m idpoints a nd ena bles you to ad d MPL P-T P tun ne ls t o ma ps.
18-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Working wit h MPL S -TP T unnels Figur e 18-1 MPLS-TP T unnel in Pr ime Ne two r k V ision Map If an LSP is in lockout st ate, it is d isplayed wi th the lock badge ( ).
18-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Working with MPLS-TP Tunnels For more inf orm ation a bou t L SP redu nda ncy s ervi ce, see V iewing LSP Endpo int Redunda ncy Service Propert ies, page 18-14 .
18-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Working wit h MPL S -TP T unnels T a ble 18-3 MPLS-TP T unnel Pr operties in Logica l Invent ory Field Descri.
18-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Working with MPLS-TP Tunnels Step 3 T o view add itio nal M PLS-T P tu nne l e ndp oint p rop er ti es, d ouble -cl ick the r equi red en try in t he MPLS-TP Tunnel Endpoi nts ta ble .
18-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Working wit h MPL S -TP T unnels Figur e 18-4 MP LS-TP T unnel Pr oper ties Win dow T able 18- 4 describes the informatio n av ailable in the top portion of the MPLS-TP T unnel Propertie s wind o w .
18-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Working with MPLS-TP Tunnels Viewing LS Ps C onfig ur ed on an E the rn et Li nk A single Et hern et lin k ca n su pport a num ber of LSPs.
18-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Working wit h MPL S -TP T unnels Figur e 18-5 L ink Pr oper ties Window with All Labels Butt on Step 3 Click Labels . The All Labels windo w is displayed as shown in Figure 18 -6 w ith t he L SP sour ce s and desti natio ns.
18-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Working with MPLS-TP Tunnels Figur e 18-6 All Labels T able Step 4 T o ide ntify a sp ecif ic path, click a n outgoin g label in the Sou rce tab le. The c o rrespondin g in labe l is select ed in t he Des tination t able.
18-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Working wit h MPL S -TP T unnels Step 6 In the Link Pr opertie s window , t he type of lin k is displa yed in the Link T ype fie ld, which c an be either MPLS-TE a nd P2MP MP LS-TE based on the link that you ha v e selected.
18-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Working with MPLS-TP Tunnels Figur e 18-8 L SP Endpoin t Pr operties Wind ow T able 18- 5 describes the information displayed in t h e LSP Endp oint Propertie s windo w .
18-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Working wit h MPL S -TP T unnels Figur e 18-9 L SP End P oints T ab in Logical In ve ntory Applyin g an MPLS -TP Tunn el Overlay Y ou can select and display an ov erlay of a specific MPLS- TP tunnel on top of the de v ices displayed in a map view .
18-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Working with MPLS-TP Tunnels The sea rch cond itio n i s “ cont ains .
18-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Viewing VPNs Viewing VPNs Figure 18- 11 shows a VPN displa yed in the Pri m e Network V i si on map view .
18-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Viewing VPNs Figure 18- 12 shows a VPN wi th detail s, inclu ding virtua l routers and sites, in the Prime Net work V ision map view .
18-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Viewing VPNs T able 18- 6 shows the VPN icons in the Prime Net work V ision map view . The h ighe st level of the n avigation pa ne di spla ys the ro ot or map n am e.
18-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Managing VP Ns Managing VPNs The fol lo wing to pics des cri be: • Creatin g a VPN, pa ge 18- 21 • .
18-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Managing VPNs For more infor mation ab out loa ding the newly create d VPN in the service vi ew map, see Adding a VPN to a Map, p age 18- 22 .
18-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Managing VP Ns Remov ing a V PN from a M ap Y ou c an rem ov e on e or mo re VP Ns from the cu rrent active ma p. This change d oes no t affect othe r maps.
18-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Work ing wi th V P N Ove rlays Working with VPN Overl ays The fol lo wing to pics des cri be: • Applying V.
18-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es W orking with VPN Overlays Managing a VPN Overlay Display in the Map Vi ew After a VP N overlay is app .
18-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices T o disp lay or hide the cal louts : Step 1 In the Pri me Networ k V ision w indo w , displa y the ma p view with t he VPN ove rla y .
18-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services Viewing Site Properties Prime N etwork V ision enab les you to view site properties, inc luding t he interf aces that are conf igured on the PE d evice.
18-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices The VRF prop erties window is displayed as shown in Figure 18-14 . Figur e 18-14 VRF Pr operties The V RF Pr opert ie s wi ndow cont ain s the VR F rou t ing ta ble f or t he device.
18-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services IPv6 T ab Export Rou te T argets IPv6 export r oute t argets c onta ine d by the VR F . Import Route T argets IPv 6 i mpor t rout e t argets cont ain ed by the VRF .
18-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Viewing VRF Multicast Con figuration details T o view glob al multicast conf iguration details for a VRF: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requir ed device and selec t In ventory .
18-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services Viewing VRF Egre ss an d In gres s Adjace nts Prime Network V ision enables you to view the exporting and impor ting neighbo rs by displaying the VRF egr es s a nd in gr ess ad ja cen ts .
18-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Figur e 18-15 Routing Entity T able T able 18- 12 describes th e informati o n that i s displayed in th e Routing En tity tab le. T able 1 8-12 Routing Entity T able Field Description Name Name of the r o uting e ntity .
18-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services VRRP Group If a VRRP group is conf igured on an I P interf ace, the inform ation is sh own as an IP interf ace property . This option is check ed when a rate limit is def ined on the I P interface .
18-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Viewing the ARP Table T o view the ARP table : Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
18-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services T o vie w the NDP table: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
18-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Viewing Rate Limit Information T o vie w rate limit informatio n: Step 1 Ri ght- clic k th e requi red elem en t i n Pri me N et work V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
18-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services T able 18- 15 describes the information tha t is displayed in the Rate Limits tab of the IP Interf ace Propert ies dialo g box.
18-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Figur e 18-1 7 VRRP Pr operties in I P Int erf ace Pr oper ties Windo w T able 18- 16 descr ibe s the in for mat ion in the VRR P Gro ups tab.
18-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services Viewing Label Switche d Entity Properties Logical in vento ry can display an .
18-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices MPLS T E Prop erties Whethe r or no t traff ic engi neering (TE) pr opertie s are configu red on the inte r face : • Chec ked—MPLS TE properties ar e config ured on the i nterface.
18-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services Out Label Outgoing la b el, if not a ta il segment. A vera ge B andw idt h (K bps) Curr en t ba nd wid th ( in K b/s ) us ed t o auto ma tica lly al loca te the tunnel’ s ba nd width.
18-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Step 3 D ouble-c lick an en try in any of the ta bles to view additio nal prope rtie s for that en try .
18-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services Viewing t he ML DP Neighbors Infor ma ti on T o v iew infor matio n of M LDP nei ghbor s: Step 1 Double-click th e required de vice in Prime Ne twork V ision.
18-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices T able 1 8-20 P eer ID P roper ties Dialo g Box Field Description Peer ID The IP addres s of the MLDP pe er . Capabilities The capabilit ies su pported by the LDP LSR.
18-45 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services Viewing M P-BGP Information The MP-B GP branch displa ys info rmation about a ro uter ’ s BGP neighb ors and cross-conn ect VRFs.
18-46 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Viewing 6 rd Tunnel Prop erties IPv6 rapid deploymen t (6rd) is a me chan ism that allows stateless tu nneling of IPv 6 over IPv4. From Prime Network V isi on 3.
18-47 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services Viewing BF D Session P ropertie s Bidirect ional F orwar ding Detec tion (BFD.
18-48 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Figur e 18-1 9 BFD Session Pr opertie s T able 18- 23 descri bes the in for mation displayed for BFD session s.
18-49 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services For MPLS-T P B F D se ssions, the in for mat ion in T a ble 18 -24 is displayed. Step 3 T o view additional properti es, doub le-clic k the requir ed entry in th e Sessio ns table.
18-50 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical Inv entory > MPB GPs > MPBGP . Step 3 Click the Cross VRFs tab .
18-51 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services T a ble 18-27 Pseu dowir es Br anch T unnel Edg es T able Field Des cripti on Loca l Interfa ce Name of t he subin terfac e or port.
18-52 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Viewing M PLS TE Tu nnel Informa tion Prime Networ k V i sion autom atically di scovers MPLS TE tunnel s and enables yo u to view MPLS TE tunnel in format ion in inv e ntory .
18-53 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Configuri ng VRF The T raffic Engineerin g LSPs tab in the LSEs branch in logic al inv en tory disp lays TE tunne l LSP inform ati on. For details about the i n formation displayed f or TE t u nnel LSPs, see T raff ic Engi neer ing LSPs , page 1 8-4 0 .
18-54 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Configuring I P Interface Configuring IP Interface Unless othe rwise not ed, all of th e following comma nds are launc hed by right-cli cking the Routi ng Entities and c hoo sing Comma nds > Configuration .
18-55 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es C onfigur ing MPLS-T P Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand .
18-56 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Configuring M PLS-TP Locking/Un locking MPLS-T P Tunn els in Bulk An MPLS-T P network has one or mu ltiple LSPs runn ing between endpoint devices.
18-57 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Configuring MPLS-TE Configuring MPLS-T E Use the se co mm an ds t o configu re s M PLS - TE o n the router . The table belo w lists the MPLS-TE configurat ion co mman ds and the M PLS -TE suppo rted ne twork el ements .
18-58 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Configuring RSVP Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand .
18-59 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Configuring BGP Configuring BGP Multipro tocol BGP is a n enhan ced BGP th at carr ies routin g informa tion for m ultiple networ k layer proto cols an d IP multicas t routes .
18-60 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Configuring VRRP Configuring VRRP The V irt ual Route r Redunda ncy Protocol ( VRRP) fea ture all o ws for transpa rent fail ov er at the first-hop IP rout er, enabling a gr oup of r oute rs t o f orm a single vir tual rou ter .
18-61 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Confi guring Bundle Et her net Configuring Bund le Ethern et Configure a bun dle of o ne or more ports to for m a single li nk using bundle eth er net comm an ds.
18-62 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Configuring B undle Eth erne t.
CH A P T E R 19-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 19 Viewing IP and M PLS Multicast Configurations These topics pr ovide an overview of the I P Multicast te chnolo gy and describe .
19-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 19 Viewing IP and MPLS Mu lticast Configurations User Roles Req uired to View I P and M ulticast Co nfi gu rations User Roles Required to View IP and Multicast Configurations This to pic ident if ies the r oles that are required t o wo rk with I P and M ulticast Su pport.
19-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 9 Viewin g IP an d MPLS Mult ic ast Configura ti ons Viewing the Multicast Configurations Figu re 1 9-1 M ulti cas t Conten t Pane T able 19- 2 describes the fie lds that are displayed in the Route Policies tab .
19-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 19 Viewing IP and MPLS Mu lticast Configurations Viewing the Mul ti cas t Configuration s Viewing Multicast Protocols The foll o wing Multic ast proto cols are a vail able in Pr ime Netw ork: • Address Family (IPv4 )—See V iewing the Addr ess Family (IPv4) Profile, pag e 19-4 .
19-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 9 Viewin g IP an d MPLS Mult ic ast Configura ti ons Viewing the Multicast Configurations Viewing the Address Family (IPv6) Profil e T o vie w the Addre ss Famil y (IPv6) pro f ile : Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option.
19-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 19 Viewing IP and MPLS Mu lticast Configurations Viewing the Mul ti cas t Configuration s Ther e are three vers ions of IG MP: • IGMP V er.
19-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 9 Viewin g IP an d MPLS Mult ic ast Configura ti ons Viewing the Multicast Configurations Viewing the PIM Pro file PIM is a family of.
19-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 19 Viewing IP and MPLS Mu lticast Configurations Viewing the Mul ti cas t Configuration s IP Address The IP addr ess of the interf ace. VRF The name of the VRF associated to the interf ace. This is a link, which when c lic ked w ill ta ke you t o the re levant record u nde r th e VRF node.
19-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 9 Viewin g IP an d MPLS Mult ic ast Configura ti ons Viewing the Multicast Configurations To p o l o g y Ta b Source Address The IP address of the s ource of the mul ticast ent ry . I n case th e IP addr ess is not av a ilable , a “*” or 0.
19-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 19 Viewing IP and MPLS Mu lticast Configurations Viewing the Mul ti cas t Configuration s Multicast Label Switching Prime Network provides multicast support for MP LS se rv ices. For more information on multicast label switching, see Multica st Label Switching (mLAD P), page 18-42 .
CH A P T E R 20-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 20 Monitoring MToP Se rvices The foll o wing topics d escribe Mo bile T ransport ove r Pa cket (MT oP) services and the properties.
20-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing SATo P Pse udowire Ty pe in Logical In ve ntory The fol lo wing table s identify the task s that y ou can perform: • T able 20- 1 identif ies the tasks t hat you can pe rform if a select ed elemen t is not in one of y our assig ne d s cop es .
20-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewin g CESoPSN P seudowir e Type in Logical Invent ory Figur e 20-1 SA T oP Pseudo wire T ype in Logical Inv entory Step 4 T o view the physical in ventory for th e port, cli ck the hype rtext port link .
20-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing CESoPSN Pseu dowire Type i n Lo gical Inven tor y T o v iew TDM pr ope rtie s f or Ci rcui t E mul.
20-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Virtual Connection Properties Viewing Virtual Connec tion Properties The follo wing topics desc .
20-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Virtual Conn ection Prop ert ies Viewing ATM Vir t ual C onne ction Cr os s-Co nnec ts A TM ne twor ks are based on v irtua l co nne ct ions over a hig h-ban dw idt h me dium .
20-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Virtual Connection Properties T o v iew A T M virtua l c on ne ction c ross -c onnec ts : Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ri ght-cli ck the re quired de vice, then c hoose Inventory .
20-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Virtual Conn ection Prop ert ies T able 20-3 A TM Vir tual Connecti on Cr oss-Conne ct Proper ties Field Description In Port Incomin g port for th e cross- connec t.
20-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Virtual Connection Properties T a ble 20-4 V irtua l Connection T raf fic Descr ipt ors Va lue D.
20-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Virtual Conn ection Prop ert ies Viewing AT M VPI and V CI Properties If you know the i nte rface.
20-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Virtual Connection Properties Viewing E ncapsulatio n Information T o v iew virt ual c onnec ti.
20-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Virtual Conn ection Prop ert ies Figur e 20-6 V C Enca psulation Pr opertie s T able 20- 6 describes the informatio n displayed in the VC Encapsulat ion windo w .
20-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing IMA Group Pro perties Viewing IMA Group Properti es T o v iew IMA gr oup pr operti es: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, dou ble-cl ick the re quired device.
20-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing IMA G roup Properties Descri pti on IMA gr oup i nte rface name . Frame L engt h Length of t he I M A gr oup tra nsm it fram es, in the n umb er of c e lls: 32, 64, 128, or 256 .
20-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing IMA Group Pro perties T able 20- 8 describes th e informa tion displaye d in the IMA Memb ers table. Step 3 In th e I MA Me mb ers t abl e, cli ck a hype rlinked po rt e nt ry t o view the po rt p rop er ties i n p hysical in ve ntory .
20-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces View ing TD M Pro pertie s Figur e 20-8 A TM IMA P ort in Ph ysical In vent ory Viewing TDM Properties TDM is a mech anism for combin ing tw o or more slo wer-s peed data stream s into a single hi gh-speed communica tion chan nel.
20-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Channelization Properties MT oP encapsulat es TDM stream s for de li ver y ov er pa cket -switc.
20-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Chann eli z at io n Properties Viewing SO NET/SDH Chan neliza tion Prope rties SONET and SD H use the same c oncept s for chan neliza tion, but the term inology differs.
20-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Channelization Properties T able 20- 11 descr ib es th e in for mat ion tha t i s d ispl ayed for SON ET/ SDH a nd OC3 i n the co nten t pa ne .
20-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Chann eli z at io n Properties Figur e 20-1 0 SONET/SDH High Or der P ath Pro perties Windo w T able 20- 12 descr ibe s the in forma tion displ ayed in SONE T/SDH High O rder Path Prope rtie s wi ndow .
20-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Channelization Properties Viewing T 3 DS1 and DS 3 Channe lization Properties T o v iew T3 DS 1 an d D S3 ch an ne liza tio n p rop er ties : Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ri ght-cli ck the re quired de vice, then c hoose Inventory .
20-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Chann eli z at io n Properties Figur e 20-1 1 T3 DS1 Channeliz ation Pr operties in Physical Invent ory T able 20- 13 descri bes the infor mation that is displaye d for Channe lized DS1 and DS3 in the con tent pane.
20-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Channelization Properties Step 3 T o view additio nal info rmati on about a DS 1channe lized pa th, dou ble-cl ick the re quired entry in t he Channeli zed DS1 tabl e.
20-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Chann eli z at io n Properties Figur e 20-12 Channe lized DS1 PDH Pr operties Windo w T able 20- 14 describes the information that is displayed in the Channelized DS1 PDH Properties windo w .
20-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Channelization Properties Alarm State Alarm stat e of the DS1 line: • Clear— T he a lar m st ate i s cle ar . • AIS—Alarm I ndic ation Sign al (AIS) .
20-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing MLPPP Properties Viewing MLPPP Properties Multilink PPP (MLPPP) is a protocol that connects multiple links betwee n two systems a s needed to provide bandwidth when needed.
20-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices View ing ML PPP Prop ertie s T able 20- 15 descri bes the informa tion that is displayed for ML PPP . Step 3 T o view properties for individual MLPPP bundles, do uble-click the hyp erlinked entry in the ML PPP Bundle table.
20-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing MLPPP Properties T able 20- 16 describes the informati o n that is di splayed in the MLPPP Pr operties window .
20-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing ML PPP Link P roper ties Step 4 T o view the inte rface pr opertie s in phy sical i n v entory , double-cl ick th e requ ired e ntry i n the ID co lumn.
20-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing MLPPP Link Properties Step 3 In the link properties window , select the MLPPP link.
20-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewin g MPLS Pseu dowire over GRE P roper ties Viewing MPLS Pseudowire over GRE Properties Generic rou ting enca psulatio n (GRE) is a tunn eling prot ocol, orig inated by Cisco System s and standa rdized in RFC 2784.
20-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing MPLS Pseudowi re over GRE Prop erties T able 20- 18 describes th e informati o n inclu ded in th e T unnel Edges table specif ically for MPLS pseudowire tunnels over GRE.
20-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewin g MPLS Pseu dowire over GRE P roper ties Figur e 20-18 GRE T unnel Prop erties in Logic al Inv entory T able 20- 19 descr i bes the in for mat ion that is disp laye d for G RE tu nnel s in l ogical inventory .
20-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view Network Clock Service Overview Network cl ock servi ce ref ers to the me.
20-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices N e twork Clock Se rvice Over v i ew Figur e 20-19 Cloc k Service Pr oper ties T able 20- 20 descri bes the infor mation displ ayed for c locking ser vice.
20-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view Monitoring PTP Service In networks that employ TDM , periodic synchroni .
20-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices N e twork Clock Se rvice Over v i ew T o monitor PTP service: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ri ght-cli ck the re quired de vice, then c hoose Inventory .
20-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view T a ble 20-21 PTP Service Pr operties Field Description PTP Mod e Mode o f PTP operat ion: • Boundary —B ounda ry clo ck m ode .
20-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices N e twork Clock Se rvice Over v i ew Delay Request Inter v al (log mea n valu e ) When the interf ace is in PTP master mode, the interv al specif ied to member devices for d elay re quest mess ag es.
20-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view Sync Int erv al (log mean v alue) Interval for sending PTP synchr onization messages: • 4—1 pa cket every 16 secon ds. • 3—1 pa cket every 8 sec ond s.
20-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices N e twork Clock Se rvice Over v i ew Viewing Ps eudowire Clock Reco very Prop erties T o v iew pse udowire cloc k re covery p rop ert ies : Step 1 Cho ose L ogical In vent ory > Cl ock > Pseudowire Clock Recovery .
20-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view Step 3 T o view additional CEM gro up propert ies, dou ble-cli ck the re quired CEM group. T able 20- 23 descr i bes the in for mat ion displ ayed in th e CE M G roup Prop er ties win dow .
20-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices N e twork Clock Se rvice Over v i ew Step 4 T o vie w recov ered clock entries, c lick the Recov ered Clock Entries ta b . See Figure 20 -22 . If no recov ered clock entries exist, this tab is not displayed.
20-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view Figu re 20-22 Pseudowire Clo ck Recovery - Recovered Clock E ntries T ab T able 20- 24 descri bes the infor mation di splayed for pseudowire clock rec overy .
20-45 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices N e twork Clock Se rvice Over v i ew Viewing Sy ncE Pro perties W i th Ether net equi pment gra dually .
20-46 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view Figur e 20-23 S yncE Pr operties in Logical I nvent ory T able 20- 25 descri bes the infor mation that is displayed for SyncE.
20-47 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices N e twork Clock Se rvice Over v i ew SyncE In terf aces T able Inte rface Name Na me of the Gigabit or 10 Gigabit inter face associ ated with Sync E. If SyncE is not associat ed with a Gigabit or 10 Gigabi t interface , this f ield contains Interna l .
20-48 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view Applying a N etwork C lock Serv ice Ove rlay A service o v erlay al lo ws you to isol ate the parts of a network that are being u sed by a particular service.
20-49 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing CEM and Vir tual CE M Prop ertie s Figu re 20-24 Network Clock Ser v ice Overlay Example In add.
20-50 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing CEM and Virtua l CEM Propert ies Viewing CE M Interfaces T o v iew CEM in terfa ce s: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, dou ble-cl ick the re quired device.
20-51 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing CEM and Vir tual CE M Prop ertie s Viewing CEM Gro ups on Physical Interfaces When you con figure a CEM group on a physic al interfac e, the CEM gro up properti es are displaye d in physical i n vento ry for th at inter face.
20-52 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing CEM and Virtua l CEM Propert ies Figur e 20-27 CEM G ro up Pr oper ties Windo w See T a ble 1 8-27 on pa ge 18-51 for the properties disp layed in the Pse udowire table in the CEM Gro up Properties windo w .
20-53 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Configuring SONET Figur e 20-28 CEM G ro up Pr oper ties Step 4 T o view additional CEM gro up propert ies, dou ble-cli ck the re quired CEM group. T able 20- 23 descr i bes the in for mat ion displ ayed in th e CE M G roup Prop er ties win dow .
20-54 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Configuring SO NE T Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand .
20-55 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Config urin g Cloc k Configuring Cl ock W i th Ether net equi pment gra dually repl acing SON ET and SD.
20-56 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Configuring Cl ock Command Navigation Description Create PT P Clock Global (For ASR 90 1/903 ) Right-c li.
20-57 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Configuring TDM and Channeliza tion Configuring TDM and Channel iza tion The tab le below lists the TDM and SON ET/SDH ch annel ization co nfiguration c ommands a nd navigation for the command s.
20-58 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Configuring TD M and Chann elization Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand .
20-59 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Configuring Automatic Protection Sw itching (APS ) Configuring Automatic Protecti on Switching (APS ) APS ref ers to the mechanism of u sing a protect interfa ce in the SON ET netw ork as th e bac kup for working interface .
20-60 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Configuring A ut om at ic Protection Sw itchi ng (APS ) Y ou might be prompt ed to ent er your device access credent ials whi le ex ecutin g a command .
CH A P T E R 21-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 21 Viewing and Managing SBCs This chap ter iden tifies and desc ribes the prope rties fo r Sessio n Border Controlle rs (SBCs) that appear in Cis co Pri m e N etwork V ision ( Pri me N et work V i sion) log ica l i nv e ntory .
21-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs User Roles Req uired to View SBC Prop erties • V iewing SBC Statistics, page 21-13 • Conf igur ing SBC C.
21-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Viewin g SBC Properti es in Logi cal In ventory Viewing SBC Properties in Logi cal Inventory T o vie w S.
21-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Viewing SBC DBE Properties Viewing SBC DBE Properties The DBE control s media pa cket access to the netw ork, pro vides dif ferentiate d servi ces and Qo S for differen t me di a s tr ea ms, an d p revents se rvic e th eft .
21-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Viewing S BC SBE P roperties Viewing VD BE H.248 Prop erties T o v iew VDBE H. 248 prope rti es, ch oose Logic al I n ventory > Se ssion B ord er Contr o ller > DB E > VDBE .
21-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Viewing SBC SBE Propertie s Viewing AAA Properties For de vices that support local and remote billing, th e SBC can send billing records to a AAA serv er using the RA DIUS prot ocol .
21-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Viewing S BC SBE P roperties Viewing H.2 48 Properties The H. 248 in terfa ce is used fo r sign aling b etween an SBE an d a DBE in di strib uted mode a n d between an SBE a nd a t ranscoding media ga te way .
21-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Viewing SBC SBE Propertie s T a ble 21 -1 0 P olicy Pr oper ties Bran ch Des cripti on Blacklist The Blacklists table contains the follo wing information: • Name— T he bla ck list na me.
21-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Viewing S BC SBE P roperties Cur ren t Blacklisting The Current Blackli stings table con tains the follo wing information: • T y pe—The type of source this blacklist applies t o .
21-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Viewing SBC SBE Propertie s Viewing SIP Properties T o vi ew SIP prop ert ies, c hoo se Logical Inventory > Session Border Controller > SIP . T able 21- 11 describes the SIP entries that appear in logica l in ventory for the SBC SBE.
21-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Viewing S BC SBE P roperties T a ble 21 -1 1 SIP Pr operties Bran ch Des criptio n SIP Acco unt The SBE A ccount table cont ains the fol lowing inform ation: • Name—Th e nam e of the account asso ciated with the adjacencies.
21-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Viewing SBC SBE Propertie s SIP Profile > Method Prof ile The SIP Me thod Profiles table c ontains th e following inform ation : • Name—T he name of the SIP met hod profile.
21-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs View ing SBC Statisti cs Viewing SBC Statistics The fo llowing commands ca n be launche d from the in ventor y by right-cli cking an SBC nod e and select ing Com mands .
21-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Configuring SB C Comp onents Configuring SBC Compon ents The fo llowing com ma nds ca n be l aunc hed fr om the log ica l i nv e ntory by rig ht -cl ickin g t he Session Border Co ntroller n ode.
21-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Configuring SBC Components Add SIP Adjacenc y Right -clic k the SBC node > Commands > Add > SIP Adja cenc y Add an SIP adja cency or update an existing SIP ad jacency .
21-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Configuring SB C Comp onents Add SIP Header Pr ofile Condition Expan d th e SB E nod e, S IP no de, and SIP.
21-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Configuring SBC Components Add Blacklist Reason Right-clic k the blacklist instance > Comma nds > Add > Blacklist Reason Add, mod ify , or del ete a blac klist reason for the bla ckliste d node in SBC.
21-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Configuring SB C Comp onents Add Call P olicy T able In the Cal l P olicy Se t window , right-clic k the po.
21-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Configuring SBC Components Add QoS Prof ile Right-clic k the SBE node > Commands > Add > QoS P.
21-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Configuring SB C Comp onents.
CH A P T E R 22-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 22 Monitoring AAA Configurations AAA ref ers to Authenticat ion, Authorizati on, and Accounti n g, which is a security ar chitec ture for distrib uted systems that deter mines the access gi ven to users for specif ic services and the amount of resources they hav e used.
22-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 22 Monitori ng AAA Configuration s View ing AAA C onf igur ati ons in Pr ime Netw ork V isi on Viewing AAA Configurations in Prime Network Vision Prime Ne twork a ll ows you to view the AAA con figurati ons for C isco AS R9000 an d C isco ASR50 00 series network elemen ts.
22-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 2 Moni to ring AAA Conf igurations Viewin g AAA Configuration s in Prime Network Vis ion Viewing Dynamic Au thorization Profile T o v iew the dyn am i c au t horiz atio n p rofile: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option.
22-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 22 Monitori ng AAA Configuration s View ing AAA C onf igur ati ons in Pr ime Netw ork V isi on Viewing Ra dius Global Con figuration D etails T o v iew the ra dius glob al c on figurat ion de tail s: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option.
22-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 2 Moni to ring AAA Conf igurations Viewin g AAA Configuration s in Prime Network Vis ion Viewing AAA Grou p Co nfigur atio n Detai l .
22-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 22 Monitori ng AAA Configuration s View ing AAA C onf igur ati ons in Pr ime Netw ork V isi on Viewing Diam eter Configuration Detai ls for .
22-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 2 Moni to ring AAA Conf igurations Viewin g AAA Configuration s in Prime Network Vis ion Viewing Radius C onfiguration Details for an.
22-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 22 Monitori ng AAA Configuration s View ing AAA C onf igur ati ons in Pr ime Netw ork V isi on T able 22- 8 describes the radius acco unting conf iguration deta ils.
22-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 2 Moni to ring AAA Conf igurations Viewin g AAA Configuration s in Prime Network Vis ion Viewing the Radius Keepalive and Detect De a.
22-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 22 Monitori ng AAA Configuration s View ing AAA C onf igur ati ons in Pr ime Netw ork V isi on Viewing the Charging Conf iguration Details .
22-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 2 Moni to ring AAA Conf igurations Viewin g AAA Configuration s in Prime Network Vis ion Viewing the Charging Trig ger Conf iguratio.
22-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 22 Monitori ng AAA Configuration s Configuring A AA Groups Configuring AAA Group s The fo llo wing commands ca n be launche d from the in ventor y by choosing AAA Gr oup > Commands > Configuration .
22-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 2 Moni to ring AAA Conf igurations Configuring AAA Groups Command Navigation Description Crea te Diameter Acc ounti ng Server Ri ght- click on AAA gr oup > Commands > Conf iguratio n Use this co mmand to create a ne w diameter accoun ting serv er .
22-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 22 Monitori ng AAA Configuration s Configuring A AA Groups.
CH A P T E R 23-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 23 Monitoring IP Pools An IP pool is a seque ntial rang e of IP addre sses withi n a certain ne twork. W e can have multiple pool configurati ons. Ea ch pool ca n have a priorit y and can be assigned to a gro up.
23-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 23 M onitoring IP Po o ls Step 3 Ri ght- clic k on an I P poo l na me and ch oose Proper ties .
23-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 3 Monito ring IP Pools Modifying and Deleting IP Pools The fol lowing comma nds can be l aunched f rom the in vento ry by right- clicking on an I P poo l name and choosin g Commands > Conf ig uration .
23-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 23 M onitoring IP Po o ls Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand . Once you ha ve entered them, th ese cre dentials will be us ed for e ve ry subs equent e xecuti on of a command i n the same G UI cli ent sessi on.
CH A P T E R 24-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 24 Monitoring BNG Configurations These t op ics p rovide a n overview of the Bro adba nd Ne twork Gat eway (BNG) te ch nology an d.
24-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations User R oles Req uire d to Wo r k Wit h BN G The ne twork t opo logy for BN G ca n be expl ain ed us in g t.
24-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Working with BNG Configurations Working with BNG Con figurations This t opic con t ains the fol l.
24-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Working wit h BNG Conf igu rations Figur e 24-2 BBA Gr oups Cont ent P ane Step 3 Ri ght-clic k on a group fr om the list and choose Prop ertie s . The BBA Group Propertie s dialog box is displayed.
24-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Working with BNG Configurations View Subs criber Access Po ints Subscri ber access points refe r to the acc ess int erfac es that are name d based on the pa rent interf ace.
24-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Working wit h BNG Conf igu rations Diagnose S ubscriber Acc ess Points The fol lowing comm ands ca n be l a unched from t he inv e ntory by ri ght-c l icking t he B NG > Subscr iber Access Points node and selec ting the Commands > Dia gnose optio n .
24-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Working with BNG Configurations View Dynamic Host Co nfiguration Protocol (DHCP ) Service Profile.
24-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Working wit h BNG Conf igu rations Figur e 24-3 DHCP P ro files Step 3 Right-click on a se r vice fr om the list and choose Propertie s . Th e DHC P Pro file Prope rtie s dia log bo x is displaye d.
24-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Working with BNG Configurations View Dyna mic Config Temp lates A dyna mic te mpla te is us ed to gro up co nfigurati on item s, wh ich are la ter a ppli ed to a g rou p o f subscr ibers.
24-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Working wit h BNG Conf igu rations Prime Networ k supports the fol lowing types of dynam ic templa tes: .
24-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Working with BNG Configurations T a ble 24-6 T emplate Pr opert ies Field Name Descriptio n Name The name of the subscrib er template.
24-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Working wit h BNG Conf igu rations Viewing the Settings for a PP P Template In add ition to the abo ve de.
24-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Viewi ng Pol icy Co ntai ne r Viewing Policy Container The Polic y Container node in the logical.
24-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Viewing Policy Contain er Step 3 Click the Po l ic y Gro u p tab . A list of existin g groups are di splaye d. Step 4 Ri ght-clic k on a group fr om the list and choose Prop ertie s .
24-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Viewi ng Pol icy Co ntai ne r Step 5 Right-click on a policy from the Poli cies list and choose Propertie s . The Service P olicy Prop erties dial og box i s displa yed.
24-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Viewing QoS Profile Viewing QoS Profile QoS or Q uality of services is the t echnique of prior itizing tra ff ic flo ws and specifyin g prefe rences for forwar ding pack ets with higher priority .
24-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Viewing QoS Profile T a ble 24-1 0 Class of Servic es Pr operties Field Name Descriptio n Name The name of th e class of servic e. T ype The type of the clas s of serv ice.
24-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Viewing QoS Profile.
CH A P T E R 25-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 25 Monitoring Mobile Technolo gies The following topics provide a n ov erview of mobile technol ogies and de scribe how to work wi.
25-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies User Roles Req uired to Work with Mobile Tec hnologie s T able 25-1 Def ault P er mission/Secur ity Lev e.
25-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies User Roles Required to Work with Mob ile Technolo gies V ie wing the ePDG conf iguration detail.
25-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks GPRS/UMTS Networks These topi cs de scri be h ow to use Prime Ne twork to m ana ge G P.
25-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Figur e 25-1 Ba sic GPR S/UMTS Netw ork T opology The GPRS /UMTS p acket cor.
25-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Figur e 25-2 Mobile T echnol ogy Nodes i n Logical In vent ory Working With GPRS/UMT S.
25-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks In addi tion, to p roviding basic GGSN func tionali ty as desc ribed above, .
25-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks If the GGSN is associated with SGSNs an d Public Land Mobile Networks (PLM Ns), you can vie w the details from the respec ti ve tabs fo r that GGSN.
25-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Step 5 U nder the GGSN node , ch oose Timers and QoS to vie w the pr operties on th e right pane. See T ab le 25-6 for more details on the T im ers and QoS parameters con fig ured for the GGSN.
25-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks GGSN Commands The fo llowing c om mands ca n be la unc hed fr om t he i nv e ntor y by r ight -cl ick ing a GG SN a nd c hoo sing GGSN > Commands > Configuration.
25-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Working with the GPRS Tun neling Protocol User Plane (GTPU) The GGSN co mmunic ates with SGSNs on a Pub lic Land Mo bile Network (PLM N) using the GPRS T unn eli ng Proto col (GT P).
25-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks GTPU Commands The fo llowing c om mands ca n be la unc hed fr om t he i nv e ntor y by r ight -cl ick ing a GT PU a nd choo sing Commands > Configurat ion.
25-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Working with Access Point Names (APNs) APN is t he access point name tha t is con figured in th e GGSN c onfigurations.
25-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks • IP: Method for IP address allocatio n (e.g., local all o cation by GGSN, Mo bile IP , Dynamic Host Control Pr otocol ( DHCP), DHCP re lay , etc.
25-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Step 3 T o vie w additional details conf igured for the APN, use t he follo.
25-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Rule Def inition T he virtual APN rule def inition can be one of the follo wing: • access- gw-address —Speci fies the acc ess gateway (SGSN/SGW/Others ) addres s for the vi rtual APN.
25-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Committed Data Rate The committed data ra te allo wed, in bytes, for the do wnlink direction and QoS traf fic class .
25-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Viewing A ddit ional Char act eristics of an AP N T o vi ew additi onal char act eris tics of an AP N: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks • Net BIOS —Repr esents the N etBIOS server co nfiguration use d by the APN. • PDP Contexts Pa rameters —Represents the PDP contexts supporte d by the APN.
25-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks IP Parameters In Ac cess G roup T he nam e of the IPv4 /IPv6 acc ess group f or the AP N w hen co nfigured fo r inbou nd traff ic.
25-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Mobile Node Home Agent SPI The mobile node Securi ty Param eter Ind ex (SPI) configure d for th e APN. V alue i s an integer betw een 256 and 429 496729 5.
25-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks APN Commands The fo llowing commands ca n be launche d from the in ventor y by right-cli cking an A PN and choosi ng Commands > Configurat ion .
25-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks The table b elo w lists the APN commands.
25-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Prime Netwo rk prov ides support on gat hering the GTPP acco unting setup details tha.
25-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Viewing A ddit ional Char act eristics of a GTP P T o v iew additi on al char act eri stic s of a GTP P: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks T a ble 25-15 GTPP Char act er istics Field Description Account ing Server Fa ilure D etection Detect Dead Serv er Consecuti ve F ailures Nu mber of failur es that coul d occur be fore mark ing a CGF as dead (d own).
25-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Indicat ors Indicat es whethe r the follo wing CDR attr ibu tes are enable .
25-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks IP Addr ess IP addres s of the char ging agen t.
25-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks GTPP Commands The fo llowing c om mands ca n be la unche d from t he inventory by right-c li ckin g a GTPP a nd choo sing Commands > Configurat ion or Commands > Show .
25-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Working with the Evolved GPS Tunnelin g Protocol (eGTP) Evolved GPRS Tunneling Prot ocol ( EGT P) for mul at es t he pr ima ry bea re r pl an e pro t ocol wit hin an L TE/EPC architecture.
25-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Viewing eG TP Properties Prime Networ k V i sion displays t he EGTPs in an EGT P container under the Mobile node in the logical in ventory .
25-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Before executing any comma nds, you can pr e view them and view the results. If desired, you can also schedul e the co mmand s. T o find o ut if a device sup ports th ese c ommands, see the Cisco Prime Network 4.
25-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical Inv entory > Cont ext > Mobile > SGSN .
25-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Asso ci a ted S G TP Service The name o f the STGP service and its co nte xt assoc iated to the SGSN service.
25-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Dns Israu MCC-M NC-Encodi ng The form at of the MCC and MNC v alues in the .
25-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Network Gl obal M M E ID M a nagem e nt D B Indicates whether th e SGSN service is associ ated to the Net work Global MMEID Manage ment Database, which in turn is conf igured on the L TE policy .
25-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Viewing SG SN Service P r operti es Y ou can al so view the following confi.
25-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks NRI Properties T o vie w the NRI Properties for an SGSN service : Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical Inv entory > Cont ext > Mobile > SGSN > NRI Propertie s .
25-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks LTE Networks These topi cs desc ribe h ow to use Pr ime N etwo rk t o mon itor L T E ne tw.
25-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Figur e 25-3 Ba sic L TE Networ k T opolog y Working with LT E Networ k Techno logies The E-UTR AN uses a sim plif ied single node ar chitectu re consisti ng of the eNodeBs (E -UTRAN Node B).
25-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks • V iewing the Local Mob ility Anc hor Configurati on (LMA), pa ge 25-106 Monitoring Sys.
25-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical Inv entory > Cont ext > Mobile > SAE- GW Co ntainer .
25-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Working with PDN-Gat eways (P-GW) A PDN Gate way (P-GW) is the node that terminates the SGi inter face to wards the PDN. If a user equipment (UE) is accessing multiple PDNs, th ere may be mor e than one P-GW for that UE.
25-45 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Step 3 If the P-GW is asso ciated wit h PLMN s, you can vie w the details o f the P LMNs on c licking th e specif i ed P-GW .
25-46 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Working with Serving Gatew ay (S-GW) In a L ong T erm Evoluti on (L TE ) / Syste ms Arc hi.
25-47 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Step 3 If the S-GW is associated with PLM Ns, you can vie w the PLMN entries o n clicking the specif ied S- GW .
25-48 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand .
25-49 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewing Layer 2 Tunnel Access Conce ntrator Configurations (LAC ) In comp ut er n.
25-50 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks The pac kets that are ex changed within an L2 TP tunnel can be cate gorized as cont rol pack ets and data packets.
25-51 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks T able 25-30 LAC Con figuration Detail s Field Description Service Name The unique identif ication string for the LA C service.
25-52 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks T unnel Selection K ey The selection ke y to create tunn els between the L2TP ser vice and the LNS server , based on the v a lue of the u2015Tunnel-Server-Auth-ID u2016 attrib ute r eceiv ed from the AAA se rver .
25-53 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Monitoring the HRPD Serv ing Gateway (HSGW) The HRPD Ser vin g Gate way (HSGW) is a co mponent in t h e e volv ed High R ate P acke t Data ( eHRPD) mobile netw ork.
25-54 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks • IPv6 SLACC, genera ting R As respo ndi ng t o RSs An HSGW also establishes, maintains and ter minates link layer sessions to UEs. The HSGW functiona lity pro vides interwork ing of the UE with the 3GPP EPS architec ture and p rotocols.
25-55 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks The A uthen ticat ion features sup por ted by H SGW a re: • EAP ov er PPP • U.
25-56 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Figur e 25-7 HSGW Se rvice Details T able 25- 31 displays the HSGW service details. T able 25-31 HSGW Service de tails Field Description Name T he name of the HSGW se rvice.
25-57 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Y ou ca n also view the following co nfiguration de tails for a HSGW servi ce: Setup Timeout The ma ximu m am oun t of time ( in sec ond s) allowed for se ssion setu p.
25-58 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks • A10/A11 P ropert ies—Th e A10/ A11 interfa ce (also known as R-P interfac e for RAN- to-PD SN) supports the A10 protocol fo r user data transpo rt between the PCF and PDSN, and the A11 protocol for th e ass o cia ted s ign al in g.
25-59 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewi n g the GRE Paramete rs T o vie w the GRE Pa r ameters for the HSGW serv ice: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-60 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the IP Source Violation Details T o view the IP source V iolati on configurat ion detail s: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-61 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Configur at ion Commands for HSGW The HS GW comma nds allow you to configure H SGW servic es in your ne twork. Pleas e note that the se comman ds are available only for Ci sco ASR 5000 Mobil e devices.
25-62 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing t he MA G Configuration f or HSGW A Mobile Access Gate way (MA G) performs mobility-rela ted signal ing on behalf of the mobile nodes (MN) att ached to its ac cess l inks.
25-63 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical Inv entory > Cont ext > Mobile > MA G > MA G service .
25-64 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing t he P r ofile-Q C I Mappi ng D etails Y o u can view the configured map ping entrie s between a Re ndezvous Point (RP) QoS Profile and the L TE QoS Class Index (QCI).
25-65 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks The tab le below lists the MA G co mman ds.
25-66 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks When a mob ile node m oves out of the home net wo rk, the HA still mana ge s to deliver the packets to the mobile no de.
25-67 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Figu re 25-9 Home Agent Ser vic e D eta ils T able 25- 39 displays t he Home A gent serv ice details. T ab le 2 5-39 H ome Agent S ervi ce De ta il s Field Description Service Name The n ame o f the h ome a gent ser vice.
25-68 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Force UDP T unnel Indica tes wheth er HA would accept re quests when Networ k Address T r anslation (N A T) is not detected b ut the Force bit is set in the Registration Request (RRQ) with the UDP T unnel Request.
25-69 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewing the AA A Configuration for Home Ag ent Service In order to support Packet.
25-70 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the GRE Configuration for Home Agent Servic e T o view the GRE conf iguration: Step 1 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical Inv entory > Cont ext > Mobile > Home Agent > Home a gent service > GRE .
25-71 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks T able 25- 42 displays th e Policy configuration for a home agent service .
25-72 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Monitoring the Foreign Agent (FA) A Foreign Age nt ( F A) is ba sical ly a r oute r on a mobi le no de’ s visi ted n etwor k th at provid es rout ing services t o th e mo bile nod e.
25-73 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Figur e 25-1 1 For eign Ag ent Service Details T able 25- 44 displays t he Fo reign Ag ent conf iguration de tails.
25-74 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks A11 Signalling Pa ckets IP H e ad er D SCP The Dif ferential Ser vice Code Poi nt (DSCP) v alue in the IP header . This value can range betwe en 0x0 an d 0x3F , an d default s to 0x0F .
25-75 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Y o u can a lso vie w the follo wing confi g uration details for a F oreign Agent.
25-76 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the Authentication Co nfiguration Details T o vie w the Authentic ation conf iguration d etails for a for eign agent: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-77 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewing the GRE Configuration Details T o vie w the Generic Routing Enca p sulati.
25-78 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the HA Co nfiguration Details T o vie w the HA config uration detai ls for a foreign agent: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-79 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewing the Proxy Mobile IP Configuration Details T o view the Prox y Mobil e IP configurati on detail s for a forei gn agen t: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-80 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the Registration Revoc ation Configuration Details T o view the Registratio n Rev .
25-81 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Configur at ion Commands f or For eign Agent T o enable Mobile IP se rvices on yo.
25-82 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Crea te SP I Expand FA node > ri ght- click F A ser vic e > Commands > Configurat ion Use thi s command to co nf igure Security Paramete r Index (S PI) f or a fo re ign ag en t service.
25-83 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Monitoring Evolved Packet Data Gateway (ePDG) In today’ s market, there are multiple access netw orks for mobile technologies.
25-84 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks IP Secur it y (IPSec) Intern et Protoc ol Secur ity or IPSec is a prot ocol su ite that in ter acts w ith one ano th er to pr ovide se cure priv at e communi cations acr oss IP networks.
25-85 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Figur e 25-13 Crypt o T emplate De tails T able 25- 52 displays t he Crypto te mplate detail s . T able 25-52 Crypto T emplat e Details Field Des cripti on T emplate Name The unique name of the templa te.
25-86 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Notif y Payload - Half Open Session Start The in itia l c ount of t he n umb er o f half -op en se ssions pe r IPSe c mana ger .
25-87 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewing the EAP Profile D etails T o vie w the EAP Prof ile details: Rekey Indi cates wh ether IPSec Child Securit y Associat ion rekeying must be enabled, af ter appr oximate ly 90% of the ch ild SA lifetime has expi red.
25-88 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical In ventory > C ontext > Se curity Assoc iation > EAP Prof ile.
25-89 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks T a ble 25-54 IKEv2 IPSec T ransf or m Set/IKEv2 T ra nsf orm se t Details Field Des cripti on Name The name of the transform set.
25-90 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing t he e PDG Configurati on Details T o vie w the ePDG conf ig uration details: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-91 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks T able 25-55 EPDG Service De tails Field Description Servi ce N ame The uniqu e na me o f th e ePDG s er vice.
25-92 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Configur at ion Commands for ePDG The ePDG comman ds allo w you to conf igure ePDG services in your netwo rk. Please note that these comman ds are available only for Ci sco ASR 5000 Mobil e devices.
25-93 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks PDSN Con figurations The fo llowing paragrap hs list the differen t configura tions for PDSN : • Simple IP—I n this p rotocol, the mobi le user i s assigned a n IP addr ess dynam ically .
25-94 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks • Proxy Mobile IP—This pro tocol pro vides a mobility solution for subscr ibers whose mobile nod es do not sup por t the M obil e IP pr otoc ol.
25-95 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks T able 25-57 PDSN Service Deta ils Field Description Servi ce Name The unique na me of the PD SN servic e.
25-96 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Y ou can al so view the following configurati on details for a PDSN service: • GRE • I.
25-97 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks T able 25-58 GRE Configur ation Details Field Description Check sum Indic ates wh eth er the C he cksum field is a ppli cab le for ou tgoi ng G RE packets.
25-98 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the IP Source Violation Details A Source viola tion occur s when a mo bile device source s packets to the PDSN wit h a IP address th at is different from t he one specified during setup.
25-99 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewing the PCF Configuration D etails T o view the Packet Control Functi on (PCF) configuratio n details for a PD SN service : Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-100 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the Policy Configuration Details T o vie w the Policy conf iguration details for a PDSN service: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-101 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewing the QoS Configuration Details T o vie w the Quality o f Service configura tion detai ls for a PDSN serv ice: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-102 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the Registration Details T o view the Re g istration details for a PDSN service: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-103 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewi n g the Timers an d Re s trictions Detai l s T o vie w the T im ers and Restrictions details for a PDSN service: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-104 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks T able 25-66 Timers and Res tr ictions Det ails Field Description Inter PD SN Hando f f Indicates w hether the Inter-PD SN hand of f feat ure of f is enable d.
25-105 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Configur at ion Commands for PDSN The PDSN comman ds allow you to co nfigure PDSNs in yo ur networ k. Please n ote that these co mman ds are available onl y for Ci sco AS R 5 000 M obil e devices.
25-106 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the Local Mobility Ancho r Configuration (LM A) Proxy Mobi le IPv6 (or PMI Pv6, o.
25-107 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks The major functiona l entities o f PMIPv6 are Mobil e Access Gate wa ys (MA G s), Local Mo bility Anchor s (LMAs) , and Mob ile Node s (MNs).
25-108 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks T ab le 2 5-68 LMA Se rvic e Det ails Field Description Servi ce Name The uniqu e servic e name of th e LMA. Status The status of t he LMA servi ce, whic h can be any one of the fo llowing: • Down • Running • Initiated • Unknown.
25-109 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Scheduli ng 3GPP Inventory Re trieval Requests Scheduling 3GPP In ventory Retri eval Requests.
25-110 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Schedulin g 3G PP Invent ory Retrieval Requ ests Step 3 Click Ex ecute to initiate the in ventory request an d check the output f iles as specif ied in the Response message.
25-111 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewing Operator Policies, APN Rema ps, an d APN Profiles Viewing Operator Policies, APN Rema.
25-112 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing Ope rator Policie s, APN Rema ps, an d APN Prof il es Prime Netwo rk V ision displa y s the list of operator policies co nfigured und er the conta iner .
25-113 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewing Operator Policies, APN Rema ps, an d APN Profiles Viewing AP N Remaps An APN remap ta.
25-114 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing Ope rator Policie s, APN Rema ps, an d APN Prof il es Prim e Netw ork V ision displa ys th e list of APN rem aps co nf igur ed unde r the con taine r .
25-115 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewing Operator Policies, APN Rema ps, an d APN Profiles Viewing APN Profiles APN Profile defines a set of p aramete rs con trol ling t he SG SN or M ME behavio r , when a spe cific APN is recei ved o r no APN is receiv ed in a req uest.
25-116 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing Ope rator Policie s, APN Rema ps, an d APN Prof il es Prime Ne twork V ision displ ays the li st of AP N p rofiles c onfigured u nde r the c onta ine r .
25-117 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewing Operator Policies, APN Rema ps, an d APN Profiles IP Source V alidation Configures se.
25-118 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing Ope rator Policie s, APN Rema ps, an d APN Prof il es DNS Qu ery Cha rging Characteristic s ID For mat Forma t of th e charg ing ch arac ter isti c infor ma tion to be in clu ded.
25-119 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewing Operator Policies, APN Rema ps, an d APN Profiles Viewing Additional Ch aracteristics.
25-120 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing Ope rator Policie s, APN Rema ps, an d APN Prof il es Step 3 Ex pand the APN P r ofile node.
25-121 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service Working with Active Charging Se rvice Enhanced Char gi.
25-122 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice • Routing R ul edef s— Rou ting r ul ede fs ar e used t o rout e pa cket s to co nte nt a nal yzer s.
25-123 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service Viewing Ac tive Chargi ng Services Y ou ca n view the activ e charging servi ces in logi cal inv e ntory as shown in Figure 25-18 .
25-124 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice T a ble 25-75 Activ e Chargin g Service s in Lo gical In vent ory Field Description Service Name Name of the acti ve charg ing service .
25-125 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service Viewing Conten t Filtering Categories T o vie w content f ilterin g catego ries in logical in vento ry: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-126 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice v olume fr om the qu ota acco rding t o the traf f ic analysis rules.
25-127 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service Second ary Peer S econd ary hostna me. Second ary Real m Rea lm for th e second ary host. IMSI Ran ge Mode Mo de of peer sel ection based on IMSI pr efix or suf fix.
25-128 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice Viewing Charging Act ion Properties Charging Acti on is an act ion taken on the incoming data packe ts once the da ta packets are t reated by the routin g and charging ru le compo nents.
25-129 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service Service ID Con fig ured ser vice ID used to a sso ciate the charging a c tion in rule definitions configurat ion.
25-130 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice Downlink Ind icates whethe r downlink flow limi t is co nfigured for th e subscr iber or not.
25-131 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service Viewing Rule Definit ions Rule definition s are user-defined expre ssions, base d on proto col fields and pro tocol states, whi ch define what ac tions to take when specif ic field v alues are true.
25-132 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice Viewing Rule Definition Gro ups A rule definition gr oup en ables group ing the rul e definitions int o categories.
25-133 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service T able 25- 80 descr ibe s the d etai ls available for each ru le d efinition gr oup.
25-134 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice T o vie w a rule ba se in logical in vent ory: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-135 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service Viewing Band width Policies Bandwidth policie s are helpful in applying rate lim it to potentially ban dwidth intensi ve and service disrupti ve applic ations.
25-136 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice Viewing Fair Usage Proper ties T o vie w fair usage proper ties conf igured for the A CS: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-137 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service T able 25-85 Activ e Char ging Serv ices Configur atio.
25-138 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Mobile Te chn ologies Co mmand s: Sum m a ry Mobile Techno logies Comman ds: Su mmary The fo llowing comma nds can be used to configure an d view mobile tec hnolo gies unde r a particula r context i n the Prime Networ k V isi on.
25-139 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Mobile Te chnolo gies Com mands: Summary Command Navigation Description Crea te AAA Gr oup Co.
25-140 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Mobile Te chn ologies Co mmand s: Sum m a ry Crea te G GSN Co ntex t > Commands > Conf iguration .
25-141 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Mobile Te chnolo gies Com mands: Summary Crea te DHCP Co ntex t > Commands > Conf igura.
25-142 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Mobile Te chn ologies Co mmand s: Sum m a ry Crea te Rout e Access List Context > Commands > Conf.
25-143 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Monitoring the Mobility Management Entity Monitoring the Mobil ity Manageme nt Entity Mobilit.
25-144 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Monitoring t he Mobility Ma nagemen t Entity Figure 25- 19 de pic ts t he t op ology of the L TE ne two.
25-145 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Monitoring the Mobility Management Entity • S1-MME Interf ace—The in terfa ce used by MME to commun icate with eNodeBs on th e same PLMN.
25-146 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Monitoring t he Mobility Ma nagemen t Entity Figur e 25-20 MME Conf igur ation Details T able 25- 86 displays t h e MME service details. T able 25-86 MME Servic e Details Field Description Servi ce N ame The uniqu e name o f th e MME se rv ice.
25-147 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Monitoring the Mobility Management Entity SGS Service The name of the SGS peer ser vice asso ciated with the MME servic e, which is pre-co nfigured fo r the selec ted context .
25-148 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Monitoring t he Mobility Ma nagemen t Entity UE DB Purge Timeou t The amoun t of time (in minute s) after w hich th e User Eq uipment is atta ched to the MME service and reus es the pre viousl y established secur ity param eter s .
25-149 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Monitoring the Mobility Management Entity W e ight The weig htage a ssigned to a P-GW a ddres s, which i ndica tes the a ddress that must be used as th e pref erred P-GW .
25-150 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Monitoring t he Mobility Ma nagemen t Entity Y ou ca n also view the following co nfigurations fo r a MME servic e: • EMM T imeouts—EPS Mobility Man agement (EMM) is used to support the mobility of a user equip ment.
25-151 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Monitoring the Mobility Management Entity Viewing the ESM Confi guration Details T o vie w the ESM conf iguration details for a MME servic e: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory .
25-152 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Monitoring t he Mobility Ma nagemen t Entity Viewing the LTE Security Procedu re Configuration Details .
25-153 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Monitoring the Mobility Management Entity Viewing the MME Poli cy Configuration Details T o v.
25-154 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Monitoring t he Mobility Ma nagemen t Entity Viewing the S1 Interface Confi guration Details T o vie w .
25-155 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewin g the Stream C ontrol Transmi ssion Pr otocol Viewing the Stream Control Transmissi on.
25-156 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing the St rea m Control Tran smissi on Protocol • Optional b undling of multiple user messages i.
25-157 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewin g the Stream C ontrol Transmi ssion Pr otocol Figur e 25-21 SCTP T emplate Detail s T able 25- 92 describes the SCTP T emplate details.
25-158 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing the St rea m Control Tran smissi on Protocol Checksu m The type of checks um that is used to in.
25-159 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewin g the Stream C ontrol Transmi ssion Pr otocol Bund le T imeout The amoun t of time (in se conds) afte r which the ch unks of SCTP pa ckets are b undled and comm itted for transm issio n.
25-160 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing the St rea m Control Tran smissi on Protocol.
CH A P T E R 26-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 26 Monitoring Data Center Configurations Data Ce nte r i s a ce ntra lize d r eposit or y , eit her physic al or virt ual fo r t he st ora ge, ma na geme nt, dissemina tion of dat a and infor mation organi zed aroun d a particu lar mann er .
26-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations User Roles Req uired to Work wi th Dat a Cen ter Configurat ions Prime Networ k supports th e fol.
26-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtual Port Channel (vPC) Virtual Port Chann el (vPC) A V irtual Port Channe l (vPC) al.
26-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtual Port Channel (vPC) Figu re 26-1 vPC Architectu re A vPC consists of the follo wing components: • T wo vP C p eer switc he s, amon g w hic h one is pri m ary and o ne is se c ond ary .
26-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtual Port Channel (vPC) Viewing Virtual Po rt Channel Configuration T o view the vPC conf iguration details in Prime Network V ision: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option.
26-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtual Port Channel (vPC) T a ble 26-3 vPC Doma in Proper ties Field Name Description Domain ID Un ique ID th at is used to identif y the vPC peer links an d ports connec ted to the vPC downs tream de vices.
26-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Cisco Fa bricP ath Viewing v PC Configuratio n The fo llowing commands ca n be launche d from the in vent ory by right-cl icking VPC Domain and choosin g Commands > Show .
26-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Cisco Fabr icP ath Cisco F abricP ath p rovides the follo wing feat u res: • Allo ws Layer 2 multip athing in t h e Fa b ricP ath netw ork.
26-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Cisco Fa bricP ath Viewing Cis co FabricPath Configuration T o vie w the F abricP ath co nfig urati on in Prime Ne twork V ision: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option.
26-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Cisco Fabr icP ath Monitoring Cisco FabricPath Configuration The fo llowing commands ca n be launche d from the in vent ory by right-cl icking Fab r ic Pa th and choosin g Commands > Show .
26-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization Virtualization V irtu alizat ion is a concept of creatin g a virtual v ersion of an y resource , such as ha rdw are platf orm, operati ng syst em, stor ag e device, o r net work resour ces, a s sh own in Fi gure 26 -5 .
26-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtu a liz ation The various comp onents of virtu aliz ation are : Hypervisor (Host Ser ver) A .
26-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization Viewing Virtu al Data Ce nters T o vie w the virtual data cente r s in the logical in ventor y: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option.
26-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtu a liz ation Viewing the Host Serv ers of a D ata Center T o view the host ce nters of a data center: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option.
26-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization Figur e 26-6 Host Serv er Details T able 26- 7 describes the ho st server details.
26-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtu a liz ation T able 26-7 Host Servers of a D ata Center Field Name Description Name Name of the h ost serv er . IP Addr ess The IP address of the host s erv er .
26-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization Statistics tab CPU Usag e CPU usag e by the host ser ver , in G Hz. Memory Usa ge Memory usage b y the host serv er , in GB.
26-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtu a liz ation Viewing a ll the Virtual M achines manag ed by vCe nter T o view a list of all th e virtu al mach ines mana ged by a data ce nter: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option.
26-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization Viewing the Virtual Mach ines of a Data Center T o vie w the virtual ma chines for a data cen ter: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option.
26-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtu a liz ation T a ble 26-9 V irtual Ma chine Pr operties Field Name Description VM ID T he uniqu e iden tificatio n code of th e virtu al mach ine.
26-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization Expandable Allocation Expandab le allo cation av ailability f or t he virtu al machin e.
26-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtu a liz ation Viewing the Host Cluster Details T o vie w the host cluster deta ils: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ri ght-cl ick on the re quired device and selec t the In vento ry optio n.
26-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization T able 26- 10 descri bes the Host Cluster de tails. T able 26-1 0 Host Clus te r Details Field Name Descriptio n Name The name of the host cluster.
26-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtu a liz ation Viewing the Resour ce Pool Details T o view the resour ce pool det ails: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ri ght-cl ick on the re quired device and selec t the In vento ry optio n.
26-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization T a ble 26-1 1 Resour ce P ool Pr oper ties Field Name Descriptio n Name The compu te resource pool name . Provider Nam e The des criptio n of the comp ute resou rce pool.
26-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the M ap N ode for an UCS N etwork Eleme nt Viewing the Map Node for an UCS Network Element Using Prime Network V ision, you can view the physical la yout and topol ogy among th e multi- chassis de vices on the map.
26-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewi ng the Ma p Node fo r an UCS Net work E lement Step 5 Close the in vento ry window .
26-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the M ap N ode for an UCS N etwork Eleme nt Note Sub-nodes are a vaila ble for th e chassis t hat ha ve b lade serv ers under t h em. Y ou can e xpand/c ontract these sub -nodes to v ie w more details.
26-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewing the Virtual Network Devices of a Data Center Viewing the Virtual Netwo rk Devi .
26-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Virt ual Network Dev ic es of a Data Center Figur e 26-1 1 Element Pr operties Win dow Note The CSR 10 00v device is a ssocia ted with a hypervi sor an d physica lly av ailab le on a bl ade ser ver .
26-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewing the Virtual Network Devices of a Data Center Figure 26- 12 de pic ts the dep lo.
26-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Com put e Ser ver Support Det ai ls Viewing the Compute Server Sup port Details Prim.
26-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Vie wing th e Comput e Serv er Suppo rt Details Figur e 26-13 Blade Serv er Configur ation Detail s T able 26- 12 de scri bes t he c on figurati on de tail s o f a bl ade se rver .
26-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Com put e Ser ver Support Det ai ls Cores T he numbe r o f core s u sed by t he bl ade server. Used Spee d The actual used spee d of the p roces sor , in GHz.
26-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Vie wing th e Comput e Serv er Suppo rt Details Note T h e Hype rv isor an d V ir tual .
26-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Com put e Ser ver Support Det ai ls Step 3 Select the Ser ver node. Th e server c onfiguration detail s are di splayed i n the conten t pan e alon g with t he details of the o perating sy stem a vailab le in th e serv er .
26-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewing the Storage Area Network Support Details Viewing the Storag e Area Network Support Details A storag e area ne twork (SAN) i s a dedicate d network that provides ac cess to con solida ted, bl ock level data storage .
26-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Stora ge Area Netw ork Su pport Details Figur e 26-14 VSAN Configur ation Details T able 26- 13 describes the VSAN conf igu ration details.
26-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewing the Storage Area Network Support Details T able 26-13 VSAN Configur ation Details Field Name Descriptio n VSAN ID The uniqu e iden tification code of th e VSAN.
26-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Stora ge Area Netw ork Su pport Details Admin St atus The admin istrati v e statu s .
26-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewing the Storage Area Network Support Details Note For more informa tion about the alarms relating to FC and FCoE, see the Cisco Pr ime Ne twor k 4.
26-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Stora ge Area Netw ork Su pport Details T able 26-14 FC Configur ation De tails Fiel.
26-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewing the Storage Area Network Support Details Viewing the FCoE Interface Details T o vie w the FCoE Interface details: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ri ght-cl ick the re quired device and choose th e In vent ory option.
26-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Stora ge Area Netw ork Su pport Details Note For more informa tion about the other sect ions in this windo w , see T abl e 26 -14 .
26-45 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewing the Storage Area Network Support Details Figur e 26-15 Fibr e Channel Link Aggr egation T able 26- 16 descr i bes the Fib re Chan ne l Li nk A gg regation Pro per ties.
26-46 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Searching f or Com p ute Servic es Viewing Fibr e Channel Li nks Between D evices i n a Map T o view the FC links between device s in a map: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V i sion, ope n the map that contains the Fib re Channe l links.
26-47 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Search ing for C ompute Services Figur e 26-16 Comput e Service Sea rc h Note Y o u can al so click t he Show Al l radio button t o vi ew a lis t of devices w ith hy pe rvisor s, bla de se rvers, and virt ual machi nes.
26-48 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Searching f or Com p ute Servic es.
CH A P T E R 27-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 27 Monitoring Cable Technologies Cable br oadband c ommunic ation ope rates i n complian ce with t he Data Over Cabl e Service In .
27-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 27 Monitor ing Cable Tech nologie s User Ro les Req uired to Work with Cable Techno log ie s service pro v ider . On the subscr iber side o f the head end, the CMT S enab les t he comm unic ation with subscr ibers' cable modem s.
27-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 7 Moni to rin g Cable Techn ologies User Roles Required to Work with Ca ble T ech nolo gies For more information on user au thorization , see the Cisco P rime N etw ork 4. 0 Adm ini strator G uide .
27-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 27 Monitor ing Cable Tech nologie s User Ro les Req uired to Work with Cable Techno log ie s • W i deban d Cha nn els— A W ideb and C hanne l or Bon de d Group (BG ) is a logi cal gro uping of one or more phy sical RF chan nels ov er which MPEG -TS pa ckets ar e carri ed.
27-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 7 Moni to rin g Cable Techn ologies User Roles Required to Work with Ca ble T ech nolo gies Viewing the QAM Domain Configura tion Det.
27-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 27 Monitor ing Cable Tech nologie s User Ro les Req uired to Work with Cable Techno log ie s T able 27- 3 describes th e QAM Do main conf iguration deta ils.
27-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 7 Moni to rin g Cable Techn ologies User Roles Required to Work with Ca ble T ech nolo gies Status The statu s of the upstr eam chann.
27-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 27 Monitor ing Cable Tech nologie s User Ro les Req uired to Work with Cable Techno log ie s Viewing the Narrowband Cha nnels Configuration.
27-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 7 Moni to rin g Cable Techn ologies User Roles Required to Work with Ca ble T ech nolo gies T able 27 -6 Wid e band Channels Config uration Details Field Description W i d eband Na me The name of t he wide band c hanne l.
27-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 27 Monitor ing Cable Tech nologie s User Ro les Req uired to Work with Cable Techno log ie s Viewing the Fiber Node Configurat ion Details.
27-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 7 Moni to rin g Cable Techn ologies Conf igur e C abl e Ports and I n terf aces Configure Cab le Po rts and Inte rfaces Thes e commands help in co nf iguring the cable p orts an d IP interf ace.
27-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 27 Monitor ing Cable Tech nologie s View Upstre am an d Downs tream Confi gura tion for Cable Configur e C able Interfaces View Upstream a.
27-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 7 Moni to rin g Cable Techn ologies View Q AM Co nf igur a tions Configur e R F and Frequency Prof il es Configur e QAM Port and Cha.
27-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 27 Monitor ing Cable Tech nologie s Configure DEPI and L2TP Configure DE PI and L2TP These comm ands help in conf iguring the Dow n stream External PHY Inte r face (DEPI) and Layer 2 T unn el Protocol (L2TP).
CH A P T E R 28-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 28 Monitoring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Technology Enhancements This c hapt er d iscus ses the fol lowing tec hnolo gy enh ance ment s in P.
28-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 28 Monitoring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Techn ology Enh ancement s User Roles Req uired to Work with ADSL2 +/ VDSL2 Tec hno logies Viewing the ADSL2+.
28-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 8 Moni to ring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Te chnology Enhancem ent s User Roles Required to Work with ADSL2+/VDSL2 Technologies Figur e 28-1 XDSL T raf fic Descr ipt or Details T able 28- 2 describes the XDSL Traf fic Descriptor details.
28-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 28 Monitoring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Techn ology Enh ancement s User Roles Req uired to Work with ADSL2 +/ VDSL2 Tec hno logies Viewing the ADSL2+.
28-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 8 Moni to ring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Te chnology Enhancem ent s User Roles Required to Work with ADSL2+/VDSL2 Technologies The Operating Mode indi cat es w het her the device is a n AD SL 2 o r VDSL 2 device.
28-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 28 Monitoring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Techn ology Enh ancement s User Roles Req uired to Work with ADSL2 +/ VDSL2 Tec hno logies T able 28- 3 descr ibes the DS L Bond ing Group detail s.
28-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 8 Moni to ring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Te chnology Enhancem ent s User Roles Required to Work with ADSL2+/VDSL2 Technologies Peer Admin Scheme The peer adm inistra ti ve scheme o f the DSL bonding group, w hich can be any one of the follo wing: • G998.
28-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 28 Monitoring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Techn ology Enh ancement s User Roles Req uired to Work with ADSL2 +/ VDSL2 Tec hno logies Viewing T ransport.
28-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 8 Moni to ring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Te chnology Enhancem ent s User Roles Required to Work with ADSL2+/VDSL2 Technologies T able 28- 4 describes the N-to-One Access Prof ile details.
28-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 28 Monitoring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Techn ology Enh ancement s User Roles Req uired to Work with ADSL2 +/ VDSL2 Tec hno logies Viewing the One-to-O ne Access Profile T o vie w the One-to- One acce ss prof ile details, e xpand the l ogical in ventory a nd choose One-to -One Access Prof iles .
28-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 8 Moni to ring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Te chnology Enhancem ent s User Roles Required to Work with ADSL2+/VDSL2 Technologies Viewing the TL.
28-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 28 Monitoring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Techn ology Enh ancement s User Roles Req uired to Work with ADSL2 +/ VDSL2 Tec hno logies.
A- 1 Cisco Pri m e Ne twor k 4. 0 User Gu id e OL-29343-01 APPENDIX REVIEW DRAFT — CISCO C ONFIDENT IAL A Icon and Button Referen ce The follo wing to pics identify the b uttons, icons, an d badges .
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A- 2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Icons Network Element Ico ns T able A -1 Pr ime Netw ork Vision Ne twor .
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-3 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Icons Cloud Digital subscriber line access multiple xe r (DSLAM) E.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A- 4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Icons Business Element Icons Printer RFGW -10 device Service control swi.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-5 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Icons Cust omer EFP cross- connec t Ethernet service Ethe rnet v i.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A- 6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Icons Subnet Switching e ntity TP tu nnel endpoi nt V irtual r out er VP.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-7 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Icons Logical Inv entory Icons Ta b l e A - 3 descr ibes t he i cons used i n lo gica l i nv e ntor y .
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A- 8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Icons Probe Y .1731 Probe Brid ge Conne cti vity F ault Mana gement ( CF.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-9 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Icons VLAN Trunk Protocol ( VTP) Mobi le node GGSN / SA E-GW / P-G.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Links Physical In ventory Icon s Ta b l e A - 4 descr ibes the icons use d in p hysical inv entory .
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-11 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Links Link Icon s Ta b l e A - 5 identif ies the ava ilable link types and their representa tion in Prime Networ k V ision.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Links Link Colors Link Characteristics T able A -6 Link Colors and Sev er ity Color Severity Description Critical Critical alarm is on the link.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-13 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Severity Icons Severity Icons Ta b l e A - 8 identif ies the se verity icons used in Prime Netwo rk Eve nts and Prime Network V ision.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Buttons Buttons The fol lo wing topi cs describe the b uttons used in Pr.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-15 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Buttons Displays the m ap vie w in the Prime Netwo rk V ision content pane (th e bu tton toggles when selected or d eselect ed).
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Buttons Open s the Find B usine ss T ag dial og b ox, ena bli ng yo u t o find and d eta ch a busin ess tag acco rdin g to a nam e, key , or typ e.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-17 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Buttons Table B uttons Link Fil terin g Bu ttons Ta b l e A - 1 0 Ta b l e B u t t o n s Icon Na me Description Find Search es the curr ent table for the st ring yo u enter .
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Buttons Prime Network Ev ents Buttons Ticke t Pr op er ties Buttons T able A -12 Pr ime Netw or k Ev ents Butt ons Button Function Displa ys the previous page of events in the Prime Networ k Events window .
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-19 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Badges Report Man ager Buttons Badges Badges are small icons that appea r with other netw ork e lements , su ch as element icon s or li nks.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Badge s VNE Communica tion State Bad ges VNE Investigation State Badges .
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-21 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Badges Network Eleme nt Techno logy-Related Badges None Ope rational The VNE has a stable mod el of the d e v ice.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Badge s Alarm and Ticke t Badges See Se verit y Icons, page A-13 for info rmation ab out the i cons used for alarm and ticket badges.
GL-1 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 REVIEW DRAFT — CISCO C ONFIDENT IAL GLOSSARY A AAA AAA ref ers to Authenti cation, Au thorizati o n, and Accountin g, wh ich is a security a r chitec ture for distributed systems that determines the access giv en to users fo r specific services and the amount o f resources they hav e used.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L Glos sary GL-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 C carri er gr ade NAT A large-sca le Net work A ddre ss Translation (NA T) that pr ovides tran sl ation of m illi on s of private IPv4 addre sses t o pu bl ic IPv4 a ddre sses.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L Glossary GL-3 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 G GRE Gener ic routi ng encapsu lation (G RE) is a tun neling prot ocol, ori ginated by Cisco Systems and standard ized in RFC 2 784 .
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L Glos sary GL-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 LMA Loc al Mobi lity Anchor is the home agent for a mobile node in a Proxy Mo bile IPv6 (P MIPv6) domai n. It is the top ologic al anch or point fo r mobile node home net work prefixes and manage s the bindi ng state of an mo bile node.
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L Glossary GL-5 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Q QoS Quality of services is the t echnique of prior itizing tra ff ic flo ws and specifyin g prefere nces for forwardi ng pa ckets w ith h ig he r pri or ity .
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L Glos sary GL-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 virtualizatio n A conce pt of cr eating a virtual versi on o f any reso urc e, such a s ha rdware p l atform , oper at ing syste m, storage device, o r netwo rk resour ces VLAN V irtua l loca l-area network ( LAN).
IN-1 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 INDEX Numerics 3GPP invento ry r etr iev al 25-109 6rd add 6rd fo rw ardi ng (co mm an d) 13-6 tunnels, vie win g pro perti es 18-46 6VPE and IPv6 17- 1 IPv6 VPN over MPLS 17-1 A A10/A11 conf igurati ons (HSGW) 25-58 AAA 22-9 APN and 25-18 comm ands.
Index IN-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 overvi ew 25-121 protoc ol a nal yzer 25-121 rule base for cha rg ing act ion, vie wi ng 25-133 overvi ew 25-122 rule d efini tio n groups comm ands.
Inde x IN-3 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 profiles 25-115, 25-119 remap tab les 25-113 view prope rties 25-14, 25-18 APN co mman ds crea te A PN 25-138 creat e Qo S to DS CP map.
Index IN-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 overvi ew 24- 9 PPP 24-12 service 24-9 viewing 24-9 DHCP se rvic e pr ofile 24-7 overvi ew 24- 1 QoS profile 24-16 servic e groups 24-13 serv.
Inde x IN-5 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 GUI 4-1 jobs 4-68 overvi ew 1-3, 4-1 processes, check 4-68 setup tasks Configur ation Ma nage ment 4-5 device gro ups 4- 9 devices 4-4 Prime N etwork 4-3 user roles 4-69 CDP. See Cisc o Discov ery Prot ocol CESoPSN, view ing propert ies 20-3 CFM comm ands.
Index IN-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 delete AAA grou p 22-12 modify AAA gr oup 22-12 ACS. See A CS commands cable DEPI and L2TP. See DEPI and L2TP co mm ands interfac es.
Inde x IN-7 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 SONET. See SONE T commands TDM and ch anneliz ation. See TDM and chann elizat ion commands PDP. See PDP commands pin g. S ee pi ng c omman ds route ma ps. See ro ute maps comm ands SBC. See SBC commands show users (Telnet sessions) 1-10 subscri b er.
Index IN-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 vPC show por t c hanne l ca pacit y 26-7 show vPC 26-7 show vPC consis tency param eter 26-7 Defined Not Star ted, VNE investigation state 2-21 Dense Wavelen gth Division Multiple xing.
Inde x IN-9 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 or ganiz ation xxiv relate d documen tation xx vii downs tream rates, show (c able) 27-12 DSL ADSL2. See ADSL2 cable te ch nolo gi es an d 27-1 VDSL2. See VDSL2 duplicat ion count (tickets) 9-13 DWDM comm ands.
Index IN- 10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 ESM co nfig urat ion (MM E) 25-151 Ethern et flow dom ains listing all 2-5 renaming 12-42 viewing p rop ertie s of 12-42 Ethern et flow poi nt (EFP), vie wing prop ertie s 12-33 Ethern et LAG s, view ing 12-23 Ethern et links, and config ured LSPs 18-11 Ethern et LMI comm ands.
Inde x IN- 11 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 AAA and 25-73, 25-76 advertisement co nfiguratio n 25 -75 authenti cation 25-76 comm ands.
Index IN- 12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 delete storage server 25-29 modify CGF 25-29 modify G TPP 25-29 modif y sto rage s erver 25-29 show CGF 25-29 H History ta b (tickets) 9-11 home ag ent AAA and 25-69 comm ands.
Inde x IN- 13 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 I icons alar m and ticke t A-22 badges A-19 busine ss el ements 2-11, A-4 informa tion displ ayed for elemen ts 3-3 links A-10, A-11 .
Index IN- 14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 device view pane 3-13 device vi ew pane too lbar 3-14 Genera l tab 3-13 logical inve ntory 3-27 navigat ion pane 3-12 Network E ve nts tab .
Inde x IN- 15 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Link OAM comm ands. See Li nk OAM commands ena bli ng and di sablin g 15-21 EVCs , configuri ng 15-21 overvi ew 15-14 remote lo opbac.
Index IN- 16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 endpo ints 18-14 lockout stat e 18-6 on Ether net links 18-11 redunda ncy s er vice p roper t ies 18-14 Workin g and Prot ected 18-5 LTE net works ePDG . Se e ePDG foreig n a gen t. Se e fo rei gn ag en t home agen t.
Inde x IN- 17 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 view ing pr ope rties 12-29 mLDP database, vi ewing 18-42 neighbors, v iewi ng 18-43 overvi ew 18-42 MLPPP link pr operties 20-29 MLP.
Index IN- 18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 update g loba l c onf igur ati on 18-54 MPLS-TP tunnels adding to maps 18-5 applyi ng over l ays 18-16 BFD session s, viewi ng pr ope rtie .
Inde x IN- 19 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 viewing operating sy stem inform ation 3-31 propertie s 3- 6 See also devi ces Network E ve nts tab inventor y window 3-15 link prope.
Index IN- 20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 VLAN bridg e 11-10 Layer 2 TP pa th informa tion 11-28 Layer 2 VPN s 11-32 Layer 3 VPN s 11-32 opening 11-3 overvi ew 11-1, 11-2 path trace.
Inde x IN- 21 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 PDSN 25-100 polling, initiati n g 3-18 Poll Now button 3-18 ports alarm s, disabli ng 3-26 comm ands add port de scription as sign po.
Index IN- 22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 pseudow ires adding 12-90 applyi ng over l ay 12-98 cloc k recover y 20-44 comm ands display pseudo wire 12-95, 12-120 ping pse udow ire 12.
Inde x IN- 23 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 home a gent ( LTE net works) 25-71 relate d documen tation xx vii REP icon s and b adges 12-63 primar y badge 3-9, A-22 primar y bloc.
Index IN- 24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 show route access lists 25-138 show rout e map 25-138 routing en tities 18-31 ARP table 18-34 NDP tabl e 18-34 rate li mit informatio n 18-.
Inde x IN- 25 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 delete Codec list 21-18 delete Codec list entry 21-18 update Codec li st entry 21-18 SBC c ommands , med ia ad dresse s add medi a ad.
Index IN- 26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 servic e propert ies NRI 25-38 session ma nageme nt 25-39 view prope rties 25-32 S-GW comm ands create QCI -QOS mapping 25-138 crea te S- G.
Inde x IN- 27 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 T T3 DS 1 an d D S3 , view ing pr ope rtie s 20-21 TACACS comm ands add TACACS+ server 1-6 add TACACS serve r rem ove TA CACS+ se rve.
Index IN- 28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 U UCS 26-32 UNI (E -LMI), config ure 15-18, 15-20 Unified Comp uting Syste m (UCS) devices.
Inde x IN- 29 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 hypervi sor 26-36 network disc overy and 26-28 view ing map nod e 26-26 view ing pr ope rties 26-32 vCente r and 26-11 virtual ma chin e 26-12, 26-19, 26-46 virtual net wor k d evi ces, vie win g 26-29 virtu al storag e area netwo rk (VSAN) .
Index IN- 30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 Unsuppor ted 2- 21 VNEs communi cat ion sta te ba dges A-20 investiga tion stat e badge s A-20 manageme nt state 2-19 modifyi ng p rop er t.
Inde x IN- 31 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Y Y.1731 comm ands config ure IP SLA para m eters 16-4 config ure prob e e ndpo int a ssoc iati on 16-4 config ure p rofi le 16-4 cre.
Index IN- 32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1.
Un punto importante, dopo l’acquisto del dispositivo (o anche prima di acquisto) è quello di leggere il manuale. Dobbiamo farlo per diversi motivi semplici:
Se non hai ancora comprato il Cisco Systems 4 è un buon momento per familiarizzare con i dati di base del prodotto. Prime consultare le pagine iniziali del manuale d’uso, che si trova al di sopra. Dovresti trovare lì i dati tecnici più importanti del Cisco Systems 4 - in questo modo è possibile verificare se l’apparecchio soddisfa le tue esigenze. Esplorando le pagine segenti del manuali d’uso Cisco Systems 4 imparerai tutte le caratteristiche del prodotto e le informazioni sul suo funzionamento. Le informazioni sul Cisco Systems 4 ti aiuteranno sicuramente a prendere una decisione relativa all’acquisto.
In una situazione in cui hai già il Cisco Systems 4, ma non hai ancora letto il manuale d’uso, dovresti farlo per le ragioni sopra descritte. Saprai quindi se hai correttamente usato le funzioni disponibili, e se hai commesso errori che possono ridurre la durata di vita del Cisco Systems 4.
Tuttavia, uno dei ruoli più importanti per l’utente svolti dal manuale d’uso è quello di aiutare a risolvere i problemi con il Cisco Systems 4. Quasi sempre, ci troverai Troubleshooting, cioè i guasti più frequenti e malfunzionamenti del dispositivo Cisco Systems 4 insieme con le istruzioni su come risolverli. Anche se non si riesci a risolvere il problema, il manuale d’uso ti mostrerà il percorso di ulteriori procedimenti – il contatto con il centro servizio clienti o il servizio più vicino.
